ĐỀ SỐ 1

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part

differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. ghost B. office C. long D. modern
Question 2. A. chemistry B. teach C. speech D. exchange
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. control B. apply C. danger D. provide
Question 4. A. tradition B. disaster C. reference D. musician
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Many children ________ to the city zoo last week.
A. go B. have gone C. goed D. went
Question 6. Tony works for your company, ________?
A. does he B. did he C. didn’t he D. doesn’t he
Question 7. Laura is ________ than any other student in my class.
A. more intelligent B. the most intelligent
C. as intelligent D. the more intelligent
Question 8. The doctor advised me ________ too late at night.
A. to stay up B. not to stay up
C. not staying up D. stay up
Question 9. Tomorrow we’ll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Alisa, ________ comes from
Malaysia.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 10. If you come to England, it will be a good ________ for you to improve
your English.
A. opportunity B. advantage C. experience D. possibility
Question 11. ________ in big cities is controlled by red, yellow, and green lights.
A. Traffic B. Delivery C. Transportation D. Communication
Question 12. Jonathan is talking with his friend.
Jonathan: “I’ve passed my final exam with high marks.” - Joan: “________”
A. I think so. B. That’s a good idea.
C. Congratulations! D. I’m sorry.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
MEKONG DELTA ECOTOUR
Join our (13) ________ tour to explore the Mekong Delta:
- Cai Be Floating Market: (14) ________ the daily life of the people on the river.
- Cham River Village: Visit a weaving workshop and learn about local people's (15)
________ skills.
- Arts and crafts market: Buy locally made souvenirs.
- Evening meal: Enjoy traditional foods which (16) ________ by the host family.
Question 13. A. eco-friendly B. environmentally-friendly
C. sustainable D. environmental-friendly
Question 14. A. Discover B. Appreciate C. Observe D. Experience
Question 15. A. woven B. weaving C. weave D. wove
Question 16. A. cooked B. cooking C. were cooked D. are cooked
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Vong, a small village in Ha Noi, is famous for its speciality: com (young sticky rice
flakes). To make com, artisans follow a series of steps. ________
a. They wrap the final product in two layers of leaves to preserve its fragrance before
selling it to consumers.
b. They preserve the techniques by passing them down to their sons. \
c. In the past, people made com by hand, but now they use machines for some steps
to shorten the process.
A. b-c-a B. a-b-c C. c-a-b D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Firstly, Com is famous speciality of HaNoi autumn.
B. However, Com Lang Vong still famous for its speciality of HaNoi autumn.
C. Com Lang Vong is well known in Viet Nam as a speciality of HaNoi autumn.
D. Then people should enjoy Com because it is a famous speciality of Ha Noi autumn.

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It's a beautiful city with lots
of parks and open spaces. It's also a very (19) ________ city.
Most of the people live in (20) ________ flats in different parts of the island. The
business district is very modern with (21) ________ high new office buildings.
Singapore also has some nice older sections. In Chinatown, there (22) ________ rows
of old shop houses. The government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful and
date from the colonial days. Singapore is famous (23) ________ its shops and
restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of the goods are duty free.
Singapore's restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the
prices are quite (24) ________.
Question 19. A. large B. dirty C. small D. clean
Question 20. A. high-rise B. tail-rise C. skyscraper D. low-
rise
Question 21. A. lot B. lots of C. few D.
much
Question 22. A. is B. will be C. were D. are
Question 23. A. in B. on C. at D. for
Question 24 A. expensive B. reasonable C. costly D. high
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Where do you usually spend your holiday?” he asked me.
A. He asked me where I usually spent my holiday.
B. He asked me where I did usually spent my holiday.
C. He asked me if I usually spent my holiday.
D. He asked me where did I usually spent my holiday.
Question 26. It’s two years since I last spoke to her.
A. I haven’t spoke to her for two years.
B. I haven’t spoken to her since two years.
C. I haven’t spoken to her for two years ago.
D. I haven’t spoken to her for two years.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Due / bad weather, / flight / Ha Noi/ put off.
A. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was put off.
B. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was taken off.
C. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was turned up.
D. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was put on.
Question 28. Minh / spend / 2 hours / do / homework / every day.
A. Minh spends 2 hours to do his homework every day.
B. It spends 2 hours doing his homework every day.
C. Minh spends 2 hours for doing his homework every day.
D. Minh spends 2 hours doing his homework every day.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. The paint is dry and safe to touch. B. The paint is still wet, so
please do not touch it.
C. You are encouraged to touch the paint. D. The paint is not for
public use.
Question 30. What does the notice say? MUSIC CLUB STARTING AGAIN SOON
First meeting next Thurs 4 pm.
Come and join us!

A. You have to join the club before you can go to the first meeting.
B. Anyone can go along to the music club next Thursday.
C. There is a new music club beginning soon that you can attend.
D. After the first meeting, we can start the music club again.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Protecting the environment is very important for our planet. We need to take care of
nature to keep the Earth clean and healthy. There are many simple things we can do
to help the environment. For example, we can recycle paper, plastic, and glass.
Recycling helps to reduce waste and save resources. Another way to protect the
environment is to save water. We should turn off the tap when brushing our teeth and
take shorter showers. Also, using less electricity can help. Turning off lights when we
do not need them and using energy-efficient bulbs can make a big difference.
In addition, planting trees is also very good for the environment. Trees clean the air
and provide homes for animals. They also help to keep the climate stable. We can
all plant a tree in our garden or join a community tree-planting event. Using public
transport, walking, or riding a bike instead of driving a car helps reduce pollution.
Cars produce a lot of harmful gases that pollute the air. By choosing other ways to
travel, we can keep the air clean and reduce our carbon footprint. Everyone can help
protect the environment. By making small changes in our daily lives, we can make a
big difference for our planet.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. How to plant trees successfully. B. Ways to protect the environment.
C. The importance of recycling. D. The benefits of public transport.
Question 32. What does the word “They” in the 2nd paragraph refer to?
A. Resources B. Showers C. Trees D. Animals
Question 33. The word “stable" in the 2nd is CLOSEST in meaning to ________.
A. sustainable B. refillable C. eco-friendly D. organic
Question 34. According to the passage, why should we use water efficiently?
A. To keep rivers always full B. To save the natural resources
C. To reduce waste in ocean D. To protect the environment
Question 35. Which activity is NOT mentioned as a way to help the environment in
the passage?
A. using less electricity B. using public transport
C. recycling paper D. limiting household waste
Question 36. The word “reduce" in the 1st is OPPOSITE in meaning to ________.
A. increase B. improve C. widen D. prevent
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
When I was at school, I had to learn how to have a well-balanced life (37) ________.
Below are some of the typical things I did.
Firstly, I managed my time properly. I started to plan my schedule, made a weekly
work list and gave priority to some of my work. (38) ________.
In addition, I communicated with my family, friends, and teachers about my busy
schedule and problems, so they would offer me additional support.
I also took breaks appropriately because they helped me keep away from stress and
anxiety, and gave my brain a rest and improved my mood.
(39) ________. I got at least eight hours of sleep a day. I played football with my
classmates twice a week and went for a walk with my grandparents early every
morning.
Besides, I also tried to follow a healthy diet. I ate a lot of fruit and vegetables. I ate
little fattening foods and (40) ________.
A. avoided junk foods like chips, cookies, pizza, etc.
B. in order to reduce stress and anxiety
C. Finally, I looked after my physical health.
D. This helped me concentrate my efforts on my most important tasks.
 ĐỀ SỐ 2
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. persuade B. scary C. soap D. season
Question 2. A. effect B. remind C. pocket D. level
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. answer B. listen C. connect D. finish
Question 4. A. pollution B. continue C. enormous D. disappear
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Nobody went to the party, ______?
A. does he B. do they C. didn’t they D. did they
Question 6. Ho Chi Minh is ______city in my country.
A. larger B. as large as C. the largest D. largest
Question 7. ______ Friday morning, there is a meeting between 11 a.m. and 1 p.m.
A. In B. For C. On D. At
Question 8. She did her test ______ last week, so she got a good mark.
A. carefully B. careful C. careless D. carelessly
Question 9. Tet is a festival ______ occurs in late January or early February.
A. whom B. when C. where D. which
Question 10. The Internet brings us many benefits in life, but it has some ______.
A. drawbacks B. advantages C. limitations D. profits
Question 11. Books are considered as a wonderful ______ of entertainment.
A. tool B. device C. way D. source
Question 12. Two students are talking to each other.
Hoa: “I suggest going camping next Sunday.” - Lan: “______”
A. That’s a fine day B. That’s a good idea.
C. That’s a reason D. That’s a good trip
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Welcome to Hon Tam, in Nha Trang-the most beautiful (13) ______ in Viet Nam!
Hon Tam is famous for its clean, long beaches with white sand. It attracts thousands
of tourists every year, who come to see the beautiful coral reefs.
Here in Hon Tam, you (14) ______ spend all day swimming. Favourite leisure activities
include sunbathing, kayaking, or diving in the sea. You can never feel (15) ______!
We offer ecotours to Hon Tam, but tourists are advised not to damage the coral reefs
when (16) ______. You can also buy beautiful local-made souvenirs to take home and
help local businesses!
Call us at 0929292929 and book your tour today!
Question 13. A. destination B. position C. site D. scene
Question 14. A. must B. may C. can D. should
Question 15. A. bored B. boring C. tedious D. boredly
Question 16. A. to dive B. diving C. dive D. dive
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Denby is a village in the county of Derbyshire, England. It is the home of the famous
Denby Pottery, which is made from the finest local clay. ______
a. Today Denby is also a tourist attraction.
b. Going around the village, we can see artisan’s hand-craft pottery collections.
c. They still use some of the original techniques passed down through generations.
A. c-a-b B. a-c-b C. b-a-c D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Visitors can make pottery in workshops or find out about the history of pottery in
the museum.
B. In Denby products, we can see their beauty and function which make them world-
famous.
C. People in Denby are very friendly and warm-hearted.
D. The atmosphere is so fresh that everyone wants to enjoy life here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
The relationship between students and teachers is less formal (19) the USA than in
many other countries. American students do not stand up (20) their teachers enter
the room. Students are encouraged to ask questions during class, to stop in the
teacher's office for extra help, and to phone if they are absent. Most teachers (21)
students to enter class late or leave early if necessary. (22) the lack of formality,
students are still expected to be polite to their teachers and fellow classmates. When
students want to ask questions, they usually (23) hands and wait to be called on.
When a test is being given, talking to a classmate is not only rude but also risky. Most
American teachers consider that students (24) are talking to each other during a test
are cheating.
Question 19. A. in B. on C. at D. of
Question 20. A. when B. where C. that D. whether
Question 21. A. let B. allow C. make D. encourage
Question 22. A. Though B. In spite C. Despite D. Because of
Question 23. A. rise B. arise C. raise D. put
Question 24. A. whom B. whose C. which D. who
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “I’m working in a restaurant now.” she said
A. She said she was working in a restaurant then.
B. She said I was working in a restaurant then.
C. She said she was working in a restaurant now.
D. She said she is working in a restaurant then.
Question 26. People say that they bought this house last year.
A. It was said that they bought this house last year.
B. It is said that they bought this house last year.
C. It is said that to buy this house last year.
D. It said that they bought this house last year.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues
Question 27. This is / first time / I / go / Korea.
A. This is the first time I went to Korea. B. This is the first time I have gone to
Korea.
C. This is the first time I has gone to Korea. D. This is the first time I go to
Korea.
Question 28. It / say / he / buy/ this house/ last month.
A. It was said that he bought this house last month.
B. It is said that he bought this house last month.
C. It is said that to buy this house last month.
D. It said that he bought this house last month.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to

indicate the correct answer
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can walk on the grass and play games there.

B. The grass should be kept clean and free of trash.
C. You should not walk on the grass to help keep it healthy.
D. The grass is for sitting and relaxing only.
Question 30. What does the notice say? "No food or drink is allowed inside this

area.
Please finish your snacks before entering."
A. Only food is not allowed; drinks are fine.
B. You can eat and drink inside this area.
C. Do not bring food or drinks inside. Finish them first.
D. You can bring food but no drinks are allowed.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Cell phones are an integral part of our society and their main use is communication.
They keep students in touch with the rest of the world by giving them the power to b
interact with it. In the old days, if you forgot your lunch, you were at the mercy of the
office calling home for you. Now, students have the ability to solve their own
problems and handle certain emergencies on their own.
Cell phones also allow students to keep in touch with students at other schools
orfriends that don't go to school. While not directly beneficial to education, better
relationships can lead to higher self-esteem and reduce isolation, which is good for
everybody. In the same way, camera phones allow students to capture the kinds of
memories that help build a solid school culture, and, in some cases, can act as
documentation of misbehavior in the same way that store cameras provide evidence
and deter bad behavior.
Academically, the cell phone can record a video of a procedure of explanation that
may need to be reviewed later. It could be used to record audio of a lecture, as well,
> for later review. And just imagine if classes could be easily taped for students who
are ' absent. What if they could even be streamed and seen from home instantly?
Question 31. Which does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Cell phones will be used as textbooks. B. How to use some electronic
devices in education.
C. Cell phones can be used as an excellent record.
D. How cell phones are used in communication and education.
Question 32. The word “ integral” in paragraph 1 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. main B. necessary C. unimportant D. easy
Question 33. According to paragraph 1, with the cell phone, now students can
______.
A. handle the household chores B. solve their own problems
C. record their lectures D. cook their lunch
Question 34. According to the passage, cell phones help students to do all of the
following EXCEPT?
A. write their assignment B. record audio of a lecture
C. keep in touch with their friends D. capture the kinds of memories
Question 35. The word “taped” in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. streamed B. reviewed C. recorded D. seen
Question 36. How can a cell phone help students academically?
A. deter bad behavior B. keep in touch with students
C. record a video D. call home
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
England's traditions have been around for hundreds, even thousands of years.
English cuisine is among the deep-rooted traditions that English people are proud to
keep alive.
Typical English cuisine has developed over many centuries, and people say that fish
and chips is the most English dish of all. (37) ______. The earliest fish and chip shop
opened in London during the 1860s. Since then people have considered fish and
chips to be England's national dish, and it is now a common takeaway in the United
Kingdom.
(38) ______. People in different places may add peas, vinegar, lemon, or ketchup. Fish
and chips is served hot as the main dish in England. (39) ______ in fish and chips, it is
healthier than other takeaway dishes.
Now there are fish and chip shops in many countries, and it is becoming more and
more popular in other countries too. (40) ______ is the way English people keep
themselves associated with the past.
A. The basic ingredients of the dish are fried fish served with chips
B. Preserving and promoting fish and chips
C. Although there is oil and carbohydrates
D. It is believed that fish and chips appeared in England in the 19th century.
 ĐỀ SỐ 3
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. problem B. love C. box D.
hobby
Question 2. A. celebrate B. capture C. conserve D. compose
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. market B. depart C. bamboo D. around
Question 4. A. national B. detective C. adventure D.
romantic
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. If I _____ rich, I _____ around the world.
A. will be - travel B. am - will travel
C. were - would travel D. would be - traveled
Question 6. Would you like _____ milk in your coffee?
A. any B. some C. a few D. a little
Question 7. Look at these students! They _____ too much noise.
A. is making B. make
C. are going to make D. are making
Question 8. Jean cloth _____ from cotton in the 18lh century.
A. made B. is made C. is being made D. was made
Question 9. You’re interested in fashion so much, _____?
A. are you B. do you C. aren’t you D. don’t you
Question 10. You should have a dictionary to _____ the words that you don’t know
their meanings.
A. look after B. look up C. look for D. look into
Question 11. It’s important to _____ the wonders of the world so that future
generations can see them with their own eyes.
A. destroy B. remain C. damage D. preserve
Question 12. Linda is talking with her friend.
Linda: “I’m sorry to break your favourite flower vase.”
Mary: “_____.”
A. Never mind B. Everything is ok C. Not too bad D. Just a vase
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
FLORIDA SWIMMING POOL POSTER
OPENING HOURS:
Monday-Saturday: 8:00-22:00
Sunday: 9:00-17:00
1. No diving.
2. No running.
3. No eating or drinking (13) _____ the pool.
4. Use steps (14) _____ into the pool.
5. Children should be with (15) _____ adult at all times.
6. (16) _____ the lifeguard.
Question 13. A. in B. on C. into D. at

B. ∅
Question 14. A. going B. to go C. go D. to going
Question 15. A. the C. an D. a
Question 16. A. Follow B. Adapt C. Respect D. Ignore
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Most Vietnamese families have customs and traditions that they have observed for
many generations. Firstly, they worship their ancestors, and they celebrate their
death anniversaries every year. _____
a. Secondly, they take part in many national and regional festivals, for example, the
Mid Autumn Festival and the New Harvest Festival.
b. That's the way they show their gratitude to their ancestors and teach their young
children about traditions.
c. Thirdly, they celebrate many holidays during the year such as Tet and National
Day.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. b-a-c D. c-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. They also show their interests in all festivals and holidays.
B. Next, celebrating holidays can make generations close to each other.
C. Finally, every generation can live happily together.
D. In this way, they keep their traditions alive and pass them down to the next
generation.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
A new study shows that women can reduce their chances of developing heart disease
(19) _____ jogging for about three hours every week. The researchers at Harvard
Medical University in Boston have just reported the results of the study in the New
England Journal of Medicine. The study is the first to show the ( 20) _____ of jogging in
the development of heart disease in women. Only (21) _____ earlier studies have
examined the effects of jogging on the heart, but nearly all have been done on men.
The new study involves more than 72,000 women between the (22) _____ of forty
and sixty-five during a period of eight years. The researchers have found that women
(23) _____ jog at least three hours a week have a thirty to forty percent lower chance
of having a heart attack (24) _____ those who do not.
Question 19. A. by B. to C. of D. in
Question 20. A. effect B. effectiveness C. affect D. effective
Question 21. A. a little B. a few C. many D. much
Question 22. A. ages B. years C. period D. old
Question 23. A. who B. which C. how D. those
Question 24. A. among B. in C. as D. than
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Why don’t you take a day off tomorrow?” she said to me.
A. She suggested that I taking a day off the following day.
B. She advised me taking a day off the following day.
C. She suggested that I take a day off the following day.
D. She advised that I should takes a day off the following day.
Question 26. I started to work at this restaurant in 2015.
A. I have worked at this restaurant since 2015. B. I worked at this restaurant since
2015.
C. I have worked at this restaurant for 2015. D. I have started to work at this
restaurant since 2015.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues
Question 27. They / not / sure / how / operate / new system.
A. They’re not sure how operating the new system.
B. They’re not sure how to operating the new system.
C. They’re not sure how to operate the new system.
D. They’re not sure how operate the new system.
Question 28. The film / be / boring /I / fall asleep.
A. The film was such boring that I fell asleep. B. The film was so boring that I
fell asleep.
C. The film was too boring that I fell asleep. D. The film was boring
enough that I fell asleep.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. The restroom is working properly and is available for everyone to use.
B. The restroom is open and ready for use by anyone who needs it.
C. The restroom is being repaired or cleaned and cannot be used right now.
D. The restroom is only for people with special permission to use.
 "No entry allowed without a valid pass.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
You must show your pass to enter the
building."
A. You need a valid pass to enter. Show it to get in.
B. You can enter the building without a pass.
C. Passes are not needed for entering the building.
D. The building is open to everyone.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
In the Mekong Delta, Long Dinh village in Tien Giang province is famous for its
traditional craft of weaving sedge mats. The mats' high quality makes them popular
domestically, and they are also exported to markets worldwide. In spite of Its well-
established reputation for this traditional craft, mat weaving only started here some
50 years ago. It was first introduced by immigrants from Kim Son, a famous mat-
weaving village in Ninh Binh province. However, the technique of weaving sedge
mats in Long Dinh, as compared with other places, is somewhat different. Long Dinh
branded mats are thicker and have more attractive colours and patterns.
Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice. Long Dinh mat production mainly
occurs during the dry season, from January to April. Weavers have to work the
hardest in May and June; otherwise, when the rainy season starts in July, they will
have to put off finishing their products till the next dry season. No matter how much
work it requires, Long Dinh mat producers stick with this occupation, as it brings a
higher income than growing rice.
This trade provides employment for thousands of local labourers. At present, nearly
1,000 households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats. To better meet market
demands, Long Dinh mat weavers have created many kinds of products besides the
traditional sedge mats.
Question 31. What can be the title of the passage?
A. Growing Rice in Tien Giang Province
B. A Sedge Mat Craft Village in Ninh Binh Province
C. Growing Rice in Ninh Binh Province
D. A Sedge Mat Craft Village in Tien Giang Province
Question 32. The word ‘reputation” in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to
_____.
A. fame B. opinion C. connection D. beauty
Question 33. According to the passage, Long Dinh mat production mainly occurs
_____.
A. from April to January B. during the rainy season
C. from January to July D. during the dry season
Question 34. All of the following are true about the craft in Long Dinh EXCEPT that
_____.
A. it has had the reputation for more than 50 years
B. it has the origin in Kim Son, Ninh Binh
C. the mats have attractive colours and designs
D. the technique is a little bit different from that in other regions
Question 35. In order to meet market demands, the artisans in Long Dinh village.
A. live on weaving mats B. try to produce various types of products
C. employ thousands of local labourers D. stop producing the traditional sedge
mats
Question 36. The word “put off” in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _____.
A. cancel B. delay C. continue D. finish
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Learning today is very different from my grandfather's time. (37) _____. Besides
learning from teachers and textbooks, (38) _____. It provides us with various online
sources (39) _____. Google helps us find the answers to almost any questions we
have. The Internet also allows us to pursue our own interests. Learning has become
more independent. Although most children in my village have fewer private learning
facilities than the students in the city, we are still luckier than my grandfather's
generation. (40) _____.
A. such as documents, clips, and programmes
B. we use the Internet
C. We have TVs to watch at home and a library and computers at school
D. It is easier and more convenient
 ĐỀ SỐ 4
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. health B. appear C. ready D. heavy
Question 2. A. hour B. hand C. home D. hat
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. suggest B. describe C. party D. erupt
Question 4. A. computer B. develop C. advantage D. disagree
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. The students are looking forward _____ the result of the final
examination.
A. receive B. to receive C. receiving D. to receiving
Question 6. Look at the dark clouds. I’m sure it _____ soon.
A. will rain B. is raining C. is going to rain D. rains
Question 7. Ms. Young gets up early every morning _____ she has enough time to
practise yoga.
A. because B. although C. but D. so
Question 8. In the year of 2025, over 1,000 new houses _____ for the poor in this
area.
A. built B. will build C. will be built D. build

A. ∅
Question 9. The people who live in _____ Scotland are called the Scots.
B. an C. a D. the
Question 10. We are very _____ on collecting the photos of Korean idols.
A. bored B. fond C. keen D. excited
Question 11. The trip to the National Gallery has been _____ until next Friday.
A. put off B. looked into C. turned up D. found out
Question 12. Tuan and Linh are talking about their exams in front of the
school gate.
Tuan: “I’ve passed all my final examinations!”
Linh: “_____!”
A. Oh my god B. Congratulations C. Best wishes D. I’m
well, thanks
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option
Newspaper round before school
We need young people to (13) _____ newspapers (14) _____ Mon, Wed and Fri
mornings. The paper round takes 30 minutes in the village of Cranbrook. This work
must be done before 8 a.m. and you must have (15) _____ own bike.
Interested? More info (16) _____ Cranbrook post office.
Question 13. A. send B. deliver C. distribute D. wrap
Question 14. A. at B. in C. on D. of
Question 15. A. your B. his C. our D. my
Question 16. A. in B. at C. by D. with
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My sister Jane is very untidy. She and I share the same room, but I have to clean it
every day.
a. Whenever she's at home, she lies in bed reading or playing computer games. _____
b. She often puts her dirty clothes on my bed.
c. I'd like to have my own room, but it's impossible now.
A. a-b-c B. a-c-b C. c-a-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I feel uncomfortable when sharing the room with her. B. She will try to keep the
room tidy.
C. She always makes me annoyed. D. I hope she can change her
way one day.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Our arrival in New York was spectacular. Its skyscrapers and the Statue of Liberty
make a beautiful sight. New York has a (19) _____ of over seven million and it is
probably the world's most famous city. The inhabitants of the "Big Apple" come (20)
_____ many different countries. There are more nationalities in New York (21) _____ in
any other place on the earth. It also has more tourists than any other city except
London, especially in the summer. (22) _____ come from all over the world and have
a wonderful time. There are so many (23) _____ for them to get enthusiastic about -
whether it's some of the best museums in the world (24) _____ the charming little
streets of Greenwich Village.
Question 19. A. by B. to C. of D. in
Question 19. A. attraction B. impression C. population D. people
Question 20. A. from B. by C. for D. in
Question 21. A. than B. rather C. of D. to
Question 22. A. Visit B. Visitors C. Workers D. Goers
Question 23. A. attraction B. place C. area D. sights
Question 24. A. or B. and C. but D. so
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “If I were you, I wouldn’t spend most of my time chatting on
Facebook”, he said.
A. He suggested me not to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook.
B. He advised me to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook.
C. He suggested me spending most of my time chatting on Facebook.
D. He advised me not to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook.
Question 26. She doesn’t go to China with us.
A. She wishes she went to China with us.
B. She wishes she goes to China with us.
C. She wishes she didn’t go to China with us.
D. She wishes she would go to China with us.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Firefighters / spend / two hours / release / driver / the wreckage.
A. Firefighters spent two hours to release the driver from the wreckage.
B. Firefighters spend two hours to releasing the driver from the wreckage.
C. Firefighters spent two hours releasing the driver from the wreckage.
D. Firefighters spent two hours release the driver from the wreckage.
Question 28. He / use / play / piano / when / he / have / free time.
A. He used to play the piano when he had free time.
B. He used to playing the piano when he had free time.
C. He use to play the piano when he had free time.
D. He used to played the piano when he had free time.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You can smoke anywhere, including in this area.
B. Smoking is only allowed in specific areas that are marked for it.
C. Smoking is not allowed at all in this area to keep it clean and safe.
D. Smoking is encouraged and welcome in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Caution:
The floor is wet. Please walk carefully to avoid slipping

A. There is no need to be careful on the floor.

B. The floor is wet. Stand still and avoid moving.
C. The floor is always wet and slippery.
D. The floor is wet. Walk carefully to avoid slipping.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
HEARTY BREAKFAST
Americans, in general, are big eaters and one of the greatest pleasures of the day is
sitting down to a hearty breakfast. Most neighborhood diners and cafeterias offer
breakfast specials. Some can be as simple as buttered toast with coffee. Others can
almost be equivalent to a full-course meal which can provide enough calories for the
entire day. The breakfast special is offered daily and runs usually from seven until
eleven in the morning after which the prices change and everything is ordered a la
carte.
Some fast-food restaurants offer an "ail-you-can-eat" buffet breakfast which may
include more than thirty choices of every breakfast item imaginable. For a set price
one can get as many refills as one wants. A complete breakfast will cost less than
five dollars with tips included.
Some regional favorites also add variety to the American breakfast. In the south,
grits with butler may replace hash browns, and hot spicy biscuits and gravy seasoned
with bits ; of meat make up a meal in themselves. Fortified with a hearty breakfast,
Americans find it ' easier to face the challenges of another day.
Question 31. At what time during the day are “breakfast specials” usually offered?
A. Usually from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. B. Usually from 6 a.m. to noon.
C. They are served all day. D. Usually from 7 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Question 32. The word “offer” is CLOSEST in meaning to _____.
A. provide B. purchase C. prepare D. discount
Question 33. About how much will a complete breakfast cost with tips included?
A. Five dollars B. Less than five dollars
C. More than five dollars D. It depends on how many refills of coffee
you have.
Question 34. Which of the following is popular for breakfast in the southern states
of America?
A. Buttered toast with coffee B. A la carte
C. Grits with butter D. French toast
Question 35. Which of the following is TRUE?
A. Some regional favorites also add variety to the American breakfast.
B. Buffet breakfast which may include more than twenty choices of every breakfast
item.
C. The breakfast special is offered only on the weekends.
D. Americans find it difficult to face the challenges of another day.
Question 36. The word “challenges” is OPPOSITE in meaning to _____.
A. comfort B. limits C. difficulties D. aims
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Not long ago, (37) _____ in the lives of the Vietnamese. Wherever there was open
space, the local people could start their own market. There, (38) _____ from local
home-made and home-grown products to those that the sellers bought wholesale
from somewhere and resold them for a profit. Since the locals went there nearly
every day, they knew one another, and the sellers even remembered the customers'
preferences.
Then supermarkets came and soon became popular. (39) _____. First, they offer a
cool and large shopping site. Shoppers can spend hours in them without worrying
about heat or rain. Second, they provide shoppers with a wide range of goods, from
foods and kitchenware to cosmetics and pet care products. (40) _____. Nowadays,
many supermarkets even offer home-delivery service and online shopping, which
makes shopping even easier.
A. you could find almost everything
B. People do not have to move from shop to shop to collect all the things they need
C. open-air markets played an important part
D. There are many reasons to explain their popularity
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 5
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. book B. pool C. school D. soon
Question 2. A. thank B. those C. thick D. through
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. advice B. machine C. Chinese D. listen
Question 4. A. consider B. develop C. embroider D.
understand
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. The life of a teenager these days is _____ than that’s in the past.
A. more stressful B. stressful
C. most stressful D. much stressful
Question 6. Mrs. White never goes to work by bus, _____?
A. doesn’t he B. does he C. doesn’t she D. does she
Question 7. We decided _____ in Ho Chi Minh City for three days.
A. stay B. staying C. to stay D. to staying
Question 8. I wish I _____ a chance to meet BTS - a famous music band next year.
A. can have B. have C. have had D. would have
Question 9. The children came to class late _____ it rained heavily.
A. in spite of B. although C. because D. because of
Question 10. We like the food in Hoi An because it is delicious and _____.
A. expensive B. exciting C. affordable D. fashionable
Question 11. Visiting the old quarters in Hanoi is my _____ experience during my
stay here.
A. believable B. typical C. forgettable D. memorable
Question 12. “Could you help me to get some water?” - “_____.”
A. It doesn’t matter B. With pleasure C. It’s a pleasure D. Never mind
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Welcome to Hoi An villages in Quang Nam, Viet Nam! Hoi An villages are famous for
their beautiful vegetable and herb gardens. They are also well-known (13) _____ the
coconut palms near Thu Bon River and traditional crafts such as (14) _____ lanterns.
Here in Hoi An villages, you can spend the morning gardening on the local farms.
(15) _____ leisure activities include riding bicycles through the villages, travelling on
basket boats and visiting craft villages. We offer an eco-tour to Hoi An villages, and
tourists are encouraged to use green transport such as bicycles to avoid polluting the
environment. You can also buy local products and beautiful (16) _____ to help local
businesses! Call us at 0929292929 and book your tour today!
Question 13. A. in B. with C. by D. for
Question 14. A. colourful paper B. paper colouful
C. colour paper D. paper colour
Question 15. A. Another B. Other C. Others D. The other
Question 16. A. lacquerwares B. potteries
C. sculptures D. crafts
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I had a brilliant experience by the sea with my class last year. _____
a. In the afternoon, an instructor taught some of us snorkelling and it was
exhilarating.
b. It was also wonderful to see a coral reef and many types of colourful fishes
swimming around.
c. We joined team-building activities in the morning.
A. a-c-b B. c-a-b C. b-a-c D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. It’s the best experience I’ve ever had.
B. I enjoy swimming very much.
C. Therefore, I want to have a team building activity again.
D. Besides, I am really interested in swimming.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Different countries have different traditional clothes. Ao Dai is known as the
traditional Vietnamese clothes. It can be (19) _____ with various colors, and patterns
such as flowers, nature and others. Wearing Ao Dai, women find themselves more
(20) _____. Ao Dai symbolizes many personalities of Vietnamese women: gentleness,
diligence, kindness and bravery. Therefore, it's very proud for women to put (21)
_____ the special clothes. Students and teachers wear Ao Dai on Mondays to join in
the ceremony. Moreover, y it is on wedding days that the brides and grooms wear Ao
Dai to represent the tradition of Vietnam. Not only Vietnamese (22) _____ also foreign
tourists try wearing Ao Dai when they visit Vietnam. They have good comments and
congratulations on it. Protecting and preserving its beauty and nature are the duties
of all Vietnamese citizens. Besides, Ao Dai is a beneficial and comfortable (23) _____
women can choose for any event and party. Although there are a large number of
new trends in fashion, Ao Dai always (24) _____ an important role in the spiritual life
of Vietnamese people.
Question 19. A. designing B. design C. designed D. to design
Question 20. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
Question 21. A. on B. off C. out D. in
Question 22. A. so B. as C. but D. and
Question 23. A. custom B. fashion C. costume D. clothes
Question 24. A. brings B. plays C. puts D. takes
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Tom asked his classmate: “Are you joining US for the party this
weekend?”.
A. Tom asked his classmate if he is joining them for the party that weekend.
B. Tom asked his classmate if was he joining them for the party that weekend.
C. Tom asked his classmate if he was joining them for the party that weekend.
D. Tom asked his classmate if is he joining them for the party that weekend.
Question 26. I do not visit my grandparents very often because they live far away.
A. If my grandparents do not live far away, I would visit them very’ often.
B. If my grandparents did not live far away, I would visit them very often.
C. If my grandparents live far away, I will not visit them very’ often.
D. If my grandparents did not live far away, I will visit them very often.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It / generous / Tommy / pay / all / meals / we / have / yesterday.
A. It was very generous on Tommy to pay for all the meals we had yesterday.
B. It is very generous of Tommy to pay for all the meals we have yesterday.
C. It is very generous of Tommy paying for all the meals we had yesterday.
D. It was very generous of Tommy to pay for all the meals we had yesterday.
Question 28. My father / prefer / read / newspaper / watch TV.
A. My father prefers to read newspapers more than watching TV.
B. My father prefers reading newspapers to watch TV.
C. My father prefers reading newspapers than watching TV.
D. My father prefers reading newspapers to watching TV.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can use this door anytime you want to enter.

B. This door is only for use in emergencies when you need to leave quickly.
C. Everyone should use this door to enter the building.
D. This door is locked and cannot be opened at all.
Question 30. What does the notice say?"No cell phones allowed in this area.
Please turn off your phone or put it on silent."

A. You must have permission to use the phone in this area.

B. You may not turn off your phone if you are not using it.
C. Cell phones are only for emergency use here.
D. Cell phones must be turned off or silenced in this area.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Chu Van An High School is one of the oldest and most prestigious state schools in
Viet Nam. Established in 1908 by the French, the school was located beside the West
Lake, and was originally named after the location it was in. It is a very pleasant,
spacious school with great views of the lake from the classroom windows.
In 1943, the school was moved to Ninh Binh, and was not moved back to Ha Noi until
1945. In that year, the school was renamed Chu Van An, after a famous Vietnamese
Confucianism teacher of the Tran Dynasty. Professor Nguyen Gia Tuong became the
first Vietnamese principal of the school. Many famous people like ex-Prime Minister
Pham Van Dong, DoctorTonThatTung, and poet Xuan Dieu used to be the school's
students.
Today the school is still located in the same area, and has maintained its prestige, as
well as its reputation as one of the top schools in Ha Noi. It is very difficult to be
admitted to the school. Every year, there are around three thousand applicants but
only about five 2 hundred are admitted.Those applicants have to take an entrance
examination conducted 2 by the Department of Education and Training of Ha Noi.
Question 31. The passage mainly discusses _____.
A. Chu Van An, the teacher B. Chu Van An School in the future
C. Chu Van An School: Then and now D. How to establish Chu Van An High school
Question 32. When was the school established?
A. in 1908 B. in 1943 C. in 1945 D. in 1990
Question 33. All of the following are true about the school EXCEPT _____.
A. the school was originally named after the location it is in.
B. the school admits three thousand students every year.
C. the school has a view of the West Lake. D. the school is large.
Question 34. The word “prestigious” in the 1st paragraph is CLOSEST meaning to
_____.
A. respectful B. famous C. spectacular D. generous
Question 35. Who used to be Chu Van An High school’s student?
A. Professor Nguyen Gia Tuong B. Doctor Ton That Tung
C. Poet Tran Dang Khoa D. Artist To Ngoc Van
Question 36. The word “admitted “in the last paragraph is OPPOSITE meaning to
_____.
A. allowed B. rejected C. permitted D. considered
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The Dolomites - Paradise at Your Feet
If you haven't decided on where to travel this holiday, consider the Dolomites!
The Dolomites are a mountain range in Italy. (37) _____ in 2009. The Dolomites are
part of the Alps, stretching from the Adige River to the Piave River valley. This
mountain range has a total area of about 141,900 hectares. (38) _____. It is easy to
get access to most parts of the Dolomites.
The Dolomites are a majestic site. They are widely regarded as being (39) _____.
There are steep rocky cliffs, sharp peaks, narrow and deep valleys, and white snow
on the mountaintop. (40) _____.
The Dolomites are a popular place for winter skiing, mountain climbing, hiking, and
cycling any time of the year. An annual bicycle race covering seven mountain passes
on the Dolomites occurs in the first week of July.
So do not hesitate to book a tour to the Dolomites to see and do these things for
yourself!
A. It has 18 peaks over 3,000 metres high
B. It was recognised as a UNESCO World Heritage Site
C. Their natural scenery attracts tourists from many parts of the world
D. among the most attractive mountain landscapes in the world
 ĐỀ SỐ 6
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. spread B. cream C. bread D. head
Question 2. A. pleasure B. seafood C. surprise D. bus
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. village B. mountain C. island D. arrange
Question 4. A. remember B. generate C. assignment D. pollutant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Tom can speak three languages, ______?
A. can he B. doesn’t he C. can’t he D. isn’t he
Question 6. Techniques to make conical hats in this village have been ______ from
generation to generation.
A. got on B. given up C. passed down D. taken in
Question 7. I have lived in this town ______ two years.
A. in B. for C. ago D. since
Question 8. Tourists are impressed by the ______ of Ha Long Bay.
A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
Question 9. If I were you, I ______ harder to pass the entrance exam.
A. will study B. would study C. studied D. can study
Question 10. My uncle ______ his car when it started to rain.
A. was washing B. has washed C. washes D. washed
Question 11. It’s said that Ha Long Bay is one of the ______ of Vietnam.
A. cultures B. wonders C. things D. parts
Question 12. John: “Would you like to go Olli for dinner with my family?” - Peter:
“______”
A. I agree with you B. Yes. I’d love to C. Never mind D. That’s right
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
CITY MUSEUM - Holiday job
Do you want to (13) ______ some extra money this summer? Do you speak (14)
______ language?
We need French, Spanish (15) ______ German speakers to work for us (16) ______ the
City Museum shop from Tuesday to Saturday.
Send your CV to [email protected].
Question 13. A. do B. earn C. gain D. achieve
Question 14. A. some B. a C. another D. any
Question 15. A. and B. or C. with D. nor
Question 16. A. at B. to C.by D. in
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I haven't had many exciting experiences like that before. ______
a. We put up the tents and did unforgettable team-building activities.
b. We got to a beautiful site in Ninh Binh.
c. We also hired bikes and cycled around the area.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. b-a-c D. a-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. It was so relaxing.
B. I am looking forward to seeing them.
C. I will come back in the future.
D. I will never forget it.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Today, childhood is spent mostly indoors watching television, playing video games
and (19) ______ the Internet. When children go outside, it tends to be for scheduled
events like a soccer match or a fishing derby. These events are held under the watch
of adults.
The shift to an indoor childhood has accelerated in (20) ______ past decade, with a
significant decline in spontaneous outdoor activities such as bike riding, swimming
and touch football, according to some studies by the National Sporting Goods
Association. (21) ______, a child is six times more likely to play a video game on a
typical day than to ride a bike.
Indoor childhood has brought about some changes which can be seen in children's
bodies. In the 1960s, 4% of kids were obese. Today, 16% are overweight. The
changes can also be seen in their (22) ______. Studies indicate that children (23)
______ spend plenty of time outdoors have a longer attention span than those who
watch (24) ______ television and play video games.

C. ∅
Question 19. A. surfing B. taking C. looking D. making
Question 20. A. an B. the D. a
Question 21. A. Although B. Before C. Because D. In addition
Question 22. A. muscles B. bodies C. thoughts D. brains
Question 23. A. whom B. who C. he D. they
Question 24. A. a lot of B. some C. many D. few
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Please don’t tell anyone my new address, Tom,” said Jane.
A. Jane asked Tom not to tell anyone her new address.
B. Jane told Tom to tell everyone her new address.
C. Jane reminded Tom to tell everyone her new address.
D. Jane didn’t want Tom to know her new address.
Question 26. The girl is my younger sister. You talked to her yesterday.
A. The girl whose you talked to yesterday is my younger sister.
B. The girl whom you talked to yesterday is my younger sister.
C. The girl that is my younger sister you talked to yesterday.
D. The girl is my younger sister which you talked to yesterday.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She / give / scholarship / have / excellent / results.
A. Because of she had excellent study results, she was giving a scholarship.
B. Although she was given a scholarship, she had excellent study results.
C. She was given a scholarship because of his excellent study results.
D. She was given a scholarship because of her excellent study results.
Question 28. He / worked / this / company / five years.
A. He has worked in this company for five years.
B. He worked in this company for five years.
C. He has worked in this company five years ago.
D. He has worked in this company for five years ago.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Anyone, including visitors and staff, can park here without restrictions.
B. Only employees or staff members are allowed to park in these spaces.
C. Parking is not allowed in this area under any circumstances.
D. The parking area is open to all people, without any specific rules.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
’’The restroom is temporarily closed for
A. The restroom is closed for maintenance and will open later.
B. The restroom is open maintenance.
but being cleaned.
C. The restroom is always open.
It will
useopen as sooninasa the workbuilding.
is finished"
D. You can the restroom different
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Obesity increases a person's risk of cancer, heart disease and other diseases. About
2.6 billion people globally - 38% of the world population - are already overweight or
obese. But on current trends that is expected to rise to more than 4 billion people
(51%) in 12 years' time, according to research by the World Obesity Federation.
Obesity among children and young people is likely to increase faster than that among
adults. By 2035 it is expected to be at least double the rate seen in 2020 - it will rise
by 100% among boys under 18, but go up even more sharply, by 125%, among girls
the same age. Switzerland, Norway, Finland, Iceland and Sweden are among the best
prepared countries to deal with obesity while Niger, Nigeria, Somalia and Central
African Republic s are examples of the world's poorest countries that are the least
prepared. Professor Louise Baur, the federation's president, says that the sharpest
increases in obesity will be seen in low- and middle-income countries where lack of
preparedness and resources will create a perfect storm that will negatively impact
obese people the most.
The rising obesity globally is caused by factors such as climate change, Covid
restrictions and chemical pollutants, as well as the promotion of unhealthy foods. It is
suggested that governments should restrict the marketing of foods that are high in
fat, salt or sugar, and provide healthy food in schools.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The great future of overweight young children
B. More than half of people to be obese by 2035.
C. How the world’s poorest countries flight against obesity?
D. The reasons why many children are obese now.
Question 32. How many percentage of the world population are obese now?
A. 51% B. 38% C. 49% D. 62%
Question 33. Which of the following is true according to the passage, EXCEPT
______?
A. Obesity increases a person’s risk of cancer.
B. Girls are more likely to be obese than boys.
C. There are the sharpest increases in obesity will be seen in low- and middle-income
countries.
D. The rising obesity globally is only caused by Covid restrictions.
Question 34. According to paragraph 3, which countries have prepared best to deal
with obesity?
A. Finland B. Niger C. Japan D. Central African Republic
Question 35. The word “obese” in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. too fat B. overweight C. heavy D. skinny
Question 36. The word “restrict” in paragraph 4 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. support B. permit C. limit D. increase
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The two most popular types of tours now are package and self-guided tours. When
you buy a package tour, (37) ______. You will get a notice about the places of, your
visit, the detailed itinerary, and the cost. They will protect you if something goes J
wrong during the trip. (38) ______. It offers a convenient option for people who are
elderly, who do not want to spend much time searching on their own, or who are not
confident about using online apps. One disadvantage of this type is you have to
follow a fixed itinerary.
Nowadays, (39) ______which require them to do everything on their own. They have
to look for a destination, work out an itinerary, and estimate the cost. They then hunt
for tickets and accommodation, usually homestay. This type of holiday may require
people more time and effort, but it is cheaper and more flexible than a package
holiday. (40) ______. However, to have a smooth trip and avoid trouble, these
travellers should be good at using apps.
A. more young people choose self-guided tours
B. a travel agency takes care of almost everything for you
C. This type of holiday saves time and reduces stress for travellers
D. It gives travellers more freedom to decide where to go and how much time and
money to spend at a place
 ĐỀ SỐ 7
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. child B. fill C. milk D. pink
Question 2. A. technique B. chemist C. children D. headache
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. enjoy B. consist C. beauty D. succeed
Question 4. A. capable B. different C. difficult D. delightful
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Hurricane Andrew swept through southern Florida ______ 1992.
A. for B. on C. at D. in
Question 6. I ______ from her since she left school.
A. don’t hear B. haven’t heard C. didn’t hear D. hasn’t heard
Question 7. Of all the shoes that I have tried on, these ones are ______.
A. comfortable B. less comfortable
C. more comfortable D. the most comfortable
Question 8. If more chemicals are released into the environment, many species
______ extinct.
A. will become B. are becoming
C. becomes D. became
Question 9. This shopping mall, which ______ two years ago, attracts a lot of
shoppers.
A. built B. was built C. will be built D. was building
Question 10. Giving lucky money to the young at Tet is a common ______ in many
Asian countries.
A. practice B. behaviour C. tradition D. habit
Question 11. This restaurant is ______ for its excellent dishes and service.
A. proud B. certain C. famous D. different
Question 12. Mary: “That’s a very nice skirt you’re wearing.” - Jolie: “______”
A. You’re welcome. B. That’s all right.
C. Don’t mention it. D. Thank you.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
8 TIPS TO STAY SAFETY ONLINE
1. Be nice (13) ______ people online
2. Take care with what you share
3. (14) ______ personal information private
4. Check your privacy settings
5. Know how (15) ______ posts
6. Keep your password (16) ______
7. Never meet anyone in person you have only met online
8. If you see anything online that you don't like or you find upsetting, tell someone
you trust
Question 13. A. to B. with C. of D. for
Question 14. A. Make B. Keep C. Remain D. Sustain
Question 15. A. reporting B. report C. to report D. reported
Question 16. A. safe B. safeless C. safeness D. unsafe
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I had a hard 10-day course in an army camp in Son Tay last summer. Everything was
different from my life at home. ______
A. We had to wake up at 5 a.m. and attend classes which were like training courses
for soldiers.
B. In the evening, we read books or worked in teams with many exciting activities.
C. We also joined a performance that had the theme: environmental protection.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-b-c D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. After that, I attended such a strict but exciting course like this.
B. Finally, I can attend an exciting course.
C. I also felt disappointed about it.
D. I have never attended such a strict but exciting course like this.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Owning a pet can be a great (19) ______. It is a chance to love and care for a living
creature. By watching and looking at its growth and behavior, you will discover that
having a pet can be exciting and (20).
It is also said that owning a pet reaps benefits to your health. You will have lower
blood pressure and lower cholesterol levels. Owning a pet gives you a greater sense
of well-being and (21) ______ your stress level.
Different types of pets need different kinds of care. Some pets are easy to look (22)
______ while others are difficult. Pets are not toys and a certain amount of work is
needed if you want to take care of (23) ______ properly. You must be willing to spend
a part of each day to meet your pet's needs.
(24) ______ pets, big or small, depend on their owners for food, housing and
protection. Although love is very important, it alone is not enough.
Question 19. A. activities B. way C. task D. pleasure
Question 20. A. amusing B. amuse C. amused D. amusingly
Question 21. A. decreases B. make C. increase D. cause
Question 22. A. at B. for C. after D. into
Question 23. A. it B. them C. they D. their
Question 24. A. A B. Much C. All D. Any
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “What time did you go to bed last night, Mike?” his mother asked.
A. Mike’s mother asked him what time he had gone to bed last night.
B. Mike’s mother asked him what time he has gone to bed the previous night.
C. Mike’s mother asked him what time he had gone to bed the previous night.
D. Mike’s mother asked him what time he went to bed last night.
Question 26. The house belongs to my grandparents. It was built in 1975.
A. The house which it belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
B. The house who belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
C. The house which belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
D. The house what belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Linda / go / cooking class / every Wednesday evening.
A. Linda went to the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
B. Linda goes the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
C. Linda will go to the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
D. Linda goes to the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
Question 28. She / tell / me / quiet / because / baby / sleep.
A. She tells me to be quiet because the baby was sleeping.
B. She told me be quiet because the baby was sleeping.
C. She told me to be quiet because the baby is sleeping.
D. She told me to be quiet because the baby was sleeping.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You can make noise and talk loudly in this area.
B. This area is for quiet and no loud noises are allowed.
C. Making noise is encouraged and allowed in this area.
D. The area is not watched, so noise is not controlled.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Seavista Restaurant
Opening this weekend.
A. The restaurant is old. Free food for children.
B. The restaurant has great food.
C. Guests don’t have to pay for children’s meals.
D. The restaurant is only open at the weekend.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Ke Ga Cape, which is about twenty-five kilometres from the city of Phan Thiet, is
often overlooked by the majority of travellers coming to Viet Nam. Therefore, the
peacefulness of this coastal area has been preserved. If you want to experience the
'real', unspoiled side of Viet Nam, we highly recommend that you add Ke Ga Cape to
your 'places' to visit' list.
Once you've arrived at Ke Ga Cape, its attractions are immediately obvious. Most j
travellers are attracted by the sight of its untouched cliffs spreading out along the
coast J and the sound of the casuarina trees rustling in the breeze. On sunny days,
you will be enthralled by the harmonious tones of the sea and sky, and the sight of
clouds embracing the mountain peaks. You can also admire the splendid sunrise, and
later go for a walk to enjoy the mesmerizing sunset. The red-yellow rays of the sun
reflected in the waves paint an enchanting picture of the pristine Ke Ga Cape.
Sometimes, it may be hard for you to distinguish where the sky ends and the sea
begins.
If you want to get to Ke Ga Lighthouse, taking a canoe is highly recommended
because it is quick, convenient, and safe. Ke Ga Lighthouse is worth a visit during
your Viet Nam tour, if you want to experience daily life in a fishing village. The locals
are very friendly, warm-hearted, and sincere. Not surprisingly, they will often invite
you to join them for a meal of their freshly caught seafood, which will definitely
awaken your taste buds.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Ke Ga Cape - a travel destination in Vietnam.
B. The ways to preserve Ke Ga Cape.
C. How Ke Ga Cape attract tourists from all over the world.
D. Some interesting activities in Ke Ga Cape.
Question 32. What attracts most travellers to Ke Ga Cape?
A. the harmonious tones of the sea and sky.
B. the sight of clouds embracing the mountain peaks.
C. cliffs spreading out along the coast.
D. The red-yellow rays of the sun reflected in the waves.
Question 33. If you want to get to Ke Ga Lighthouse, you are highly recommended
to take ______.
A. a bus B. a train C. a plane D. a canoe
Question 34. What are the locals in Ke Ga Lighthouse like?
A. loyal and funny B. warm-hearted and quick
C. friendly and sincere D. safe and convenient
Question 35. The word “enchanting” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. attractive B. ugly C. special D. exciting
Question 36. The word “warm-hearted” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. kind B. useful C. gentle D. unfriendly
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Braj Kachru was a Professor of Linguistics (37) ______. The term refers to the fact that
English has become a global means of communication with a lot of varieties.
In 1985, Kachru proposed a model of the different uses of English around the world.
(38) ______. The first of these circles is the Inner Circle, which consists of the
traditional English- speaking countries, (39) ______. In these regions, English is the
first language, and their speakers provide the standards of English.
The next circle is the Outer Circle where English is not the first language but the
second or official language. The countries in this circle include India, Singapore, the
Philippines, Pakistan, Malaysia, etc. The speakers of these places follow the standards
which the countries in the Inner Circle provide.
The last circle is the Expanding Circle. (40) ______. Some of the countries in the
Expanding Circle are Brazil, Japan, Russia, and Viet Nam. Speakers of English in these
places follow the rules which the people in the Inner Circle have established.
A. who invented the term 'World Englishes'
B. People in this circle speak English as a foreign language
C. such as the UK, the USA, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada
D. There are three concentric circles in the model
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 8
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. natural B. pagoda C. landscape D. damage
Question 2. A. sauce B. skirt C. sugar D. steam
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. college B. degree C. language D. subject
Question 4. A. contestant B. destruction C. paradise D. appearance
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. She had to prepare a lot for the meeting, ______?
A. had she B. didn’t she C. hadn’t she D. did she
Question 6. When I was a child, I ______ fly a kite in the field near my house.
A. use to B. am used to C. was used to D. used to
Question 7. I wish I ______ able to speak more than a language.
A. is B. were C. am D. was
Question 8. The bicycle ______ my parents gave me on my birthday was stolen
yesterday.
A. which B. who C. what D. whom
Question 9. She suggested that we ______ money for the poor in the neighbourhood.
A. raising B. should raise C. to raise D. would raise
Question 10. She has just won the first prize in the singing contest. She is ______
about that.
A. out of this world B. once in a blue moon
C. the sky’s the limit D. over the moon
Question 11. My father loves ______ sightseeing in new places in the central part of
Vietnam.
A. making B. going C. looking D. taking
Question 12. Nga: “How about going to the movie theater tonight?” - Hieu: “______.”
A. I am glad you like it B. Great idea
C. You’re welcome D. Well done
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
GREAT BARRIER REEF TOUR, AUSTRALIA
* Dive with us to (13) ______ the most beautiful coral reef in the world
* Swim in (14) ______ with colourful fish
* Watch 3D documentaries (15) ______ about sea animals and the coral reef, and
what you can do to (16) ______ it
* Price: Only $99/adult & $59/child
* Time: 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. every day
Question 13. A. investigate B. discover C. explore D. detect
Question 14. A. deep blue sea B. blue deep sea C. sea blue deep D. blue sea
deep
Question 15. A. learn B. to learn C. learning D. to learning
Question 16. A. reserve B. conserve C. maintain D.
protect
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
You can do a lot of things with this small smartphone! ______
a. Besides standard text messaging and phone calls, it can keep you connected
through emails, video calls, and social networking apps.
b. Its camcorder will record important moments, so you can share them with friends.
C. This light, stylish phone has a special self-portrait feature that helps you send
great photos of yourself right away.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. c-a-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. To sum up, smartphones bring a lot of benefits to our lives.
B. Moreover, smartphones also have some disadvantages.
C. However, smartphones may cause many troubles.
D. Then, smartphones bring a lot of benefits to our lives.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam (19) ______ handicrafts when they were not
busy (20) ______ planting or harvesting crops. Over time, (21) ______ villages
developed the expertise to make specialized products and so particular villages
became famous for such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal
products. With I industrialization, many villagers moved to the cities but maintained
their craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, (22) ______,
craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population.
Other villages changed from (23) ______ traditional crafts to producing different
products desired by an industrialized (24) ______.
Question 19. A. produced B. produce C. have produced D. will
produce
Question 20. A. in B. with C. of D.by
Question 21. A. much B. lot of C. many D. a
Question 22. A. however B. so C. for example D. and
Question 23. A. make B. to making C. to make D. making
Question 24. A. society B. social C. sociable D. socially
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. She said to him, “You should stop smoking.”
A. She warned him not to stop smoking.
B. She said to him you should stop smoking.
C. She advised him to stop smoking.
D. She asked him if he should stop smoking.
Question 26. No game show on VTV3 is as popular as “Olympia".
A. “Olympia" is not the most popular game show on VTV3.
B. "Olympia" is not as popular as other game shows on VTV3.
C. "Olympia" is the most popular game show on VTV3.
D. "Olympia" is as popular as other game shows on VTV3.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The woman / live / next door / donate / thousands of dollars / local
charities / every year.
A. The woman who lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities
every year.
B. The woman lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every
year.
C. The woman who lives next door donating thousands of dollars to local charities
every year.
D. The woman which lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities
every year.
Question 28. Those students / volunteer / provide meals / schoolchildren / remote
areas.
A. Those students volunteered to provide meals with schoolchildren in remote areas.
B. Those students volunteered to provide meals for schoolchildren in remote areas.
C. Those students volunteered provide meals for schoolchildren in remote areas.
D. Those students volunteered providing meals for schoolchildren in remote areas.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Dogs are welcome everywhere and can go anywhere.

B. Dogs are not allowed to enter or be in this area.
C. You may bring dogs here if they are on a leash.
D. Only small dogs are allowed in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Class 10A English is in Room 4
today.
A. This lesson is instart,
(2.30 a different place today.
as usual)
B. This lesson is not happening today.
C. This lesson begins a bit later today.
D. This lesson is only for class 10A.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Bamboo is an amazing plant. Did you know it is actually grass? In fact, giant bamboo
is the largest member of the grass family. Some types can grow an incredible 90
centimetres in just one day. Some bamboo plants can grow to over 30 metres tall,
which is as tall as a gum tree.
You probably know that bamboo is the favourite food of pandas, but chimpanzees,
gorillas and elephants eat it too.
Bamboo is also extremely useful to people. It is a very valuable construction
material because it is so strong. In fact, whole houses can be built from bamboo. In
some parts of the world, bamboo is used as scaffolding (the frame used to support
building work).
The range of things that can be made from bamboo is huge. Furniture, cooking
utensils, and musical instruments can all be made from bamboo. Bamboo fibres can
be used to produce a soft, cotton-like material for T-shirts and underwear. Bamboo
fibres are also used to make paper. Bamboo can even be used to make bicycle
frames and boats.
Question 31. Bamboo is a type of ______.
A. tree B. wood C. bush D. grass
Question 32. The word “useful” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. helpless B. harmful C. helpful D. kind
Question 33. Which of the following are true EXCEPT ______.
A. bamboo plants can grow to over 30 metres tall
B. gorillas and elephants like to eat bamboo
C. bamboo can be used to make furniture, cooking utensils, and musical instruments
D. people use bamboo fibers to make boats
Question 34. According to the text, which part of a bicycle can be made from
bamboo?
A. the frame B. the wheels C. the pedals D. the seat
Question 35. The main purpose of this text is.
A. to encourage people to use bamboo more often
B. to list everything that can be made from bamboo
C. to give interesting facts and uses for bamboo
D. to outline where bamboo is mainly grown and used
Question 36. The word “huge” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. various B. limited C. different D. small
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
If you want to learn English more quickly, lots of reading is important. When you read
i in English, (37) ______.
When you read, try to figure out the meaning of a new word from the words around
it. Even if you are not always correct, it is good to practise thinking about what a new
word might mean. (38) ______. The more words you understand, the better you will
be able to read. A dictionary - hard copy or online version - (39) ______. You should
keep a list of new words, their definitions, and a sentence for each word which shows
how to properly use it. You can keep this vocabulary list in a notebook you always
have with you. (40) ______.
A. You may need to learn the meaning of a word or phrase
B. you can improve your vocabulary, grammar, and: writing at the same time
C. This helps you to revise what you have learnt wherever you are
D. can help you find the meanings of words which are new to you
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 9
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. park B. start C. card D. catch
Question 2. A. culture B. student C. distance D. mistake
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. protect B. offer C. reduce D. persuade
Question 4. A. position B. family C. century D. wonderful
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. She went to Tay Ho village in Hue ______ she could buy some bai tho
conical hats.
A. although B. so that C. so as to D. therefore
Question 6. There are a lot of people who ______ work in remote areas nowadays.
A. voluntarily B. volunteers C. volunteered D. voluntary
Question 7. Simon hasn’t read that book before, ______?
A. did he B. does he C. is he D. has he
Question 8. She’s the woman ______ sister looks after the baby for us.
A. which B. who C. that D. whose
Question 9. After the spacecraft ______ into space, the crew started to observe the
Earth.
A. travels B. had travelled C. was travelling D. has travelled
Question 10. Classical music isn’t my ______. I prefer K-pop.
A. cup of tea B. hot potato C. flesh and blood D. piece of
cake
Question 11. She gave me a new handkerchief on which she ______ some beautiful
flowers.
A. embroidered B. carved C. moulded D. knitted
Question 12.
Laura: Thank you for helping me with my project. - Jenny: “______”
A. It was an excellent project. B. Congratulations!
C. Well, I like it. D. You’re welcome.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
SAPA TREKKING TOUR, VIET NAM
* A three-day walk of 20 kilometres a day through the mountains (13) ______ the
north of Viet Nam
* Enjoy some of (14) ______ scenery
* Stay with local people (15) ______ about their culture and (16) ______ local food
* Price: $80/adult (children not allowed)
* Starts every Wednesday and Sunday
Question 13. A. on B. at C. during D. in
Question 14. A. the country’s most beautiful B. the most country’s beautiful
C. country’s most beautiful D. most country’s beautiful
Question 15. A. learning B. learn C. to learn D. learnt
Question 16. A. enjoy B. try C. prepare D. exchange
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My mum first learnt sewing skills from my grandmother. She got her job as a tailor
when she was 16. ____________
a. Now she owns a small tailor shop in the village.
b. Though sometimes she has to work late at night, she finds her job rewarding
because she can satisfy her customers.
c. She has such an excellent sense of style that many ladies love the clothes she
makes.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. a-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I think my mum has had a successful career in tailoring.
B. My mum is a very talented tailor.
C. This job gives my mum a lot of money.
D. Finally, my mum can make her own clothes.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
There are a lot of disadvantages of living in a big city, and air pollution is among ( 19)
______ most serious problems. Firstly, air pollution comes from the factories in the
city. Big cities attract a lot of both inside and outside investments, (20) ______ the
number of factories is increasing quickly. This makes the air extremely (21) ______ by
smoke from factories. Secondly, that there are too many means of transportation
also makes this problem worse. Exhaust from cars, and motorbikes is one of the
factors (22) ______ make the air polluted. To conclude, air pollution, which is expected
(23) ______ more and more people get many serious (24) ______ such as lung cancer,

D. ∅
tuberculosis and so on, is a big drawback of city life.
Question 19. A. a B. an C. the
Question 20. A. therefore B. however C. so D. but
Question 21. A. pollutants B. pollute C. pollution D. polluted
Question 22. A. that B. where C. who D. when
Question 23. A. to making B. making C. make D. to make
Question 24. A. happiness B. diseases C. benefits D. accidents
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Because of the bad weather, the plane couldn’t touch down.
A. As the weather was not bad, the plane could touch down.
B. Because the weather was bad, the plane couldn’t touch down.
C. Since the weather is bad, the plane couldn’t touch down.
D. The plane could touch down due to the bad weather.
Question 26. You can improve your English pronunciation by talking to native
English speakers.
A. Unless you improve your English pronunciation, you can talk to native English
speakers.
B. If you talk to native English speakers, you can improve your English pronunciation.
C. Unless you talk to native English speakers, you can improve your English
pronunciation.
D. If you improve your English pronunciation, you can talk to native English speakers.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They / very happy / share / stories / family and neighbors.
A. They are very happy sharing their stories with their family and neighbors.
B. They are very happy to share their stories with their family and neighbors.
C. They are very happy share their stories with their family and neighbors.
D. They are very happy that to share their stories with their family and neighbors.
Question 28. I / wish / there / not / environmental / problems / city.
A. I wish there won’t be environmental problems in our city.
B. I wish there hadn’t environmental problems in our city.
C. I wish there aren’t environmental problems in our city.
D. I wish there weren’t environmental problems in our city.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You are allowed to eat and drink here without any restrictions.
B. Eating and drinking are not permitted in this area at all times.
C. You can bring drinks but not food into this area.
D. Food is permitted but drinks are not allowed in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"Please keep your bus ticket with you at all times.

The transport officers might ask to see it during your
A. You need to keep your bus ticket with you. Officers might check it.
journey."
B. Transport officers will give you a bus ticket.
C. You do not need a bus ticket for the journey.
D. You can get your bus ticket from the transport officers.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Sleep is very important. Did you know that sleep is more important than food? A
person who does not sleep dies at a younger age than a person who does not eat.
Let's say you go to sleep 12 hours later than you usually do. It will take your body
about three weeks to return to normal. We spend about one-third of our lives in
sleep. That's about 121 days a year!
How much sleep do we need? We are all different. A baby needs 16 hours of sleep
every day. Children 6 to 12 years old need an average of 10 to 12 hours of sleep. A
teenager needs ' 9 to 10 hours of sleep. An adult needs an average of 7 to 8 hours a
night. There are some people who need only 3 hours of sleep. Others need 10 hours
of sleep. After the age of 50, the average sleep time goes down to 6.5 hours a
night. We need less sleep as we get older. Most people have some nights when they
cannot sleep. About one in three Americans has a problem with sleep. Many of these
people cannot fall asleep or stay asleep. The name of this problem is insomnia. The
word insomnia means "no sleep." Some people say, "I didn't sleep all night." They
may sleep lightly and wake up several times. In the morning, they only remember
the times they were awake, so they think they were awake all night.
This is not a new problem. Many famous people in history had insomnia. Some of
these people had special ideas to make them sleep. Benjamin Franklin, the famous
statesman and inventor, had four beds. He moved from one to the other to fall
asleep. King Louis XIV of France had 413 beds and hoped to fall asleep in one of
them. Mark Twain, the famous American writer, had a different way. He lay on his
side across the end of the bed!
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. How to stay healthy and keep fit.
B. Sleep more to make you healthier.
C. General knowledge about sleep.
D. Different people need different hours of sleep every day.
Question 32. How many hours of sleep do people at the age of 10 need?
A. 16 hours B. 10 to 12 hours C. 9 to 10 hours D. 7 to 8 hours
Question 33. The phrase “goes down” is in OPPOSITE meaning to ______.
A. increases B. decreases C. changes D. improves
Question 34. The phrase “wake up” is in CLOSEST meaning to ______.
A. fall asleep B. stop dreaming C. stop sleeping D. try to sleep
Question 35. According to paragraph 2, which problem do Americans have?
A. insomnia B. sleep too much
C. have a night mare D. stay asleep
Question 36. Which of the following are true, EXCEPT ______.
A. Many famous people in history had insomnia.
B. We don’t sleep much as we get older.
C. Mark Twain moved from one to the other to fall asleep.
D. We spend about 121 days a year to sleep.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Plants and animals are an essential part of Earth's ecology. When we speak about a
specific habitat and time, we refer to them as flora and fauna. (37) ______. They are
fascinating to study due to their beauty and significance to human life.
First, the flora and fauna on Earth create an ecological balance, making life possible
(J for humans. Flora releases oxygen for humans. The carbon dioxide we breathe out
is vital to plants. Humans also rely on plants and animals for food, medicine, and
water.
Second, plants and animals combine to create a food chain. In the food chain, ( 38)
______. They feed on plants and, in turn, are the prey of other animals. Their
droppings become fertilisers for plants.
(39) ______. People love and appreciate the natural beauty, the relaxed feeling in
green spaces and water areas.
However, plants and animals are facing habitat loss, pollution, and climate change.
To protect them, we should raise people's awareness of their significance, (40)
______, and build nature reserves for our wildlife.
A. Flora refers to plants and fauna refers to animals
B. stop hunting, plant more trees
C. the animals play an important part
D. Finally, plants and animals add a lot of beauty to our Earth
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 10
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. lonely B. sky C. empty D. lovely
Question 2. A. whale B. what C. white D. who
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. stupid B. weather C. neighbour D. decide
Question 4. A. colourful B. beautiful C. direction D. countryside
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Karen has a job now, so she no longer depends _______ her parents for
financial support.
A. in B. up C. on D. of
Question 6. Alex still doesn’t know how _______ his budget when living alone in Hue
city.
A. managed B. manage C. managing D. to manage
Question 7. Would you mind _______ here, Henry?
A. not smoking B. not to smoke C. not smoke D. to not smoke
Question 8. The Internet has helped students study more _______.
A. effect B. effective C. effectively D. effectiveness
Question 9. People use the Internet for ___ purposes: education, communication,
entertainment and commerce.
A. many B. a C. much D. a lots of
Question 10. They are the children _______ won the match last week.
A. which B. when C. who D. whom
Question 11. It’s time to say goodbye, but I’m _______ meeting you all again soon.
A. looking forward to B. getting on with
C. keep up with D. put up with
Question 12. Joe: “What a beautiful picture you have painted.” - Mary: “_______.”
A. I don’t like painting B. Thanks. It’s nice of you to say so
C. Yes. It’s ugly D. Yes. It’s very expensive
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF SCHOOL SPORTS DAY
The School Athletics Department is pleased to announce:
♦ All athletes (13) _______ to report at the school field by 8:00 AM (14) _______ June
10.
♦ Each team must prepare and submit their entry list for each event. Each athlete is
allowed (15) _______ in a maximum of three events.
♦ The school will distribute trophies and medals for the winners in each category.
♦ (16) _______ you have any inquiries regarding the event schedule or rules, please
contact the Athletics Department.
Question 13. A. expect B. expecting C. are expected D. have
expected
Question 14. A. on B. in C. at D. for
Question 15. A. to participate B. participate
C. participating D. participated
Question 16. A. Unless B. Whenever C. If D. As
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Nowadays delivery people are commonly seen in our city. Of all the delivery people
who deliver us parcels, our family likes Mr Nam the most. _______
a. Mr Nam is about 40 years old and he is a kind, friendly, and responsible person.
b. If I am not at home, he usually leaves the parcel with our neighbour and then I
transfer money to him by online banking.
c. Before he brings a parcel to our house, he always calls to check if we are at home.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Then he always smiles with my father.
B. Furthermore, he wants to open his own company in the future.
C. My father sometimes talks to him and he happily shares about his life and work.
D. I really admire him because of his great achievements to society.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
One of (19) _______ important discoveries of the nineteenth century was a method of
using natural gas for cooking and heating. Large amounts of natural gas are found in
the United States, usually several thousand feet below the surface of (20) _______
Earth.
For many years after natural gas first discovered, it was thought to have no value.
Finally, therefore, people began (21) _______ its uses and to find ways of storing it
and of moving it from place to place.
Today natural gas is stored in large tanks and used for lighting, cooking, and heating.
In (22) _______ ways, natural gas is one of our finest (23) _______. It is cheap and can
be used for cooking without making the room hot. It can be moved (24) _______ from
one place to another through long pipelines, some of which are hundreds of miles in
length.

D. ∅
Question 19. A. more B. the most C. as D. most
Question 20. A. the B. a C. an
Question 21. A. to understand B. understand
C. to understanding D. understood
Question 22. A. much B. any C. many D. a lot
Question 23. A. energies B. powers C. pollutants D. fuels
Question 24. A. easy B. easiness C. easier D. easily
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. They expect that the professor will arrive this morning.
A. It is expected that the professor will arrive this morning.
B. It expected that the professor would arrive this morning.
C. It is expect that the professor will arrive this morning.
D. It is expected that the professor would arrive this morning.
Question 26. My friend told me, “Would you like to have a picnic this weekend?”
A. My friend invited me to have a picnic that weekend.
B. My friend suggested having a picnic that weekend.
C. My friend advised me having a picnic that weekend.
D. My friend reminded me to have a picnic that weekend.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Everyone / be / delight / that / they / passed / examination /.
A. Everyone were delighted that they passed the examination.
B. Everyone was delighted that they passed the examination.
C. Everyone are delighting that they passed the examination.
D. Everyone is delighting that they passed the examination.
Question 28. If / I / be / you, / I / read / English papers / improve / reading skill.
A. If I were you, I should improve my reading skill.
B. If you were me, you should read English papers to improve your reading skill.
C. If I am you, I will read English papers to improve my reading skill.
D. If I were you, I would read English papers to improve my reading skill.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can park your car in any place here without rules.
B. Do not park your car here; it is not allowed.
C. Only customers can park in this area.
D. You can park your car in any spot you like.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

End-of-term school party!

Classroom 11A All students welcome
Friday 17th Bring food!
A. Mrs.
To attend this
Harrison party, you need to be a student from Classroom 3B.
B. Mrs. Harrison will bring something to the party for students to eat.
C. Everyone at the school is invited to the party on the 17th.
D. The party will take place after Friday 17th.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
English is one of the most popular languages in the world. It comes second in the
number of speakers after Chinese. In Vietnam, more and more people are studying
English and they consider it a key to success. However, not everyone knows how to
learn English effectively.
The best way to improve the four skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing is
to practice regularly. You should make use of every opportunity to speak English with
friends in class or at English-speaking clubs or ourselves in front of the mirror.
Learning by heart all the words does not help much if you do not read a lot because
you will easily forget what you have learned. Reading books, listening to the radio,
and watching films are better ways to memorize words. Besides English learners
should not be so shy because making mistakes is unavoidable in learning foreign
languages. Practicing speaking a lot is a good way to correct your mistakes.
Question 31. How many skills are mentioned in paragraph 2?
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. 5
Question 32. The word “improve” in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
_______.
A. enhance B. better C. boost D. worsen
Question 33. A good way to correct your mistakes is _______.
A. avoiding speaking English B. stopping learning English
C. practicing speaking English a lot D. forgetting learning English
Question 34. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. You should never speak English with yourselves.
B. English learners should be shy if they make mistakes.
C. Making mistakes is important in learning foreign languages
D. Many Vietnamese people consider English a key to success.
Question 35. The word “memorize” in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to
_______.
A. remember B. forget C. communicate D. remind
Question 36. The passage is mainly about.
A. people who study English in Viet Nam
B. how to learn English effectively
C. how to read books, listen to the radio and watch films
D. how to learn English ineffectively
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
When you turn 15, you should start thinking seriously about your career. However,
making career choices can be challenging, especially in this changing world.
Assembly workers and ticket sellers, (37) _______, are being replaced by machines.
However, technology has also created new jobs, such as software engineers and
online teachers. Besides, beauty jobs like nail artists and hairdressers are becoming
popular (38) _______.
Computer skills have become a must for many jobs. (39) _______. People also
collaborate with each other so often that teamwork and communication skills are
now increasingly important.
Many teenagers are willing to take vocational courses instead of going to university.
Training can be both face-to-face and online. Opportunities to learn new skills are
open to everyone provided that they have inquiring minds.
(40) _______. It's a good idea for you to work well in teams, keep on learning and
have good computer skills. By doing so, you can move confidently on your career
path.
A. whose jobs are repetitive
B. For example, doctors need to keep digital medical records of their patients
C. In the future, there may be even more changes in the world of work
D. because people want to take better care of themselves
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 11
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. head B. bean C. meal D. team
Question 2. A. sociable B. ocean C. receive D. special
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. inform B. arrange C. computer D. native
Question 4. A. destruction B. enjoyment C. mechanic D.
interview
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. ______ behaving badly, he was punished by his parents.
A. Although B. Despite C. Because of D. Because
Question 6. This watch costs too much, ______?
A. doesn’t it B. isn’t it C. does it D. is it
Question 7. There used to be a huge stadium ______ is now a modem leisure centre.
A. there B. what C. which D. where
Question 8. I’m hungry, but there isn’t ______ food left in the fridge.
A. a lot B. a C. some D. any
Question 9. If Emily ______ sick today, she would be able to go to school.
A. isn’t B. weren’t C. wasn’t D. didn’t
Question 10. This time tomorrow I ______ with my cousin in London on Viber.
A. will chat B. am chatting C. chat D. will be chatting
Question 11. Please read the ______ carefully before you use this machine.
A. instructions B. advices C. labels D. information
Question 12. Linda: “Would you like to come with US for lunch?” - Jolie: “______”
A. Yes, so do I. B. Yes, I’d love to. C. Yes, it is. D. Yes, I do.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE MID-TERM TESTS
The school administrators would like (13) ______
 All students (14) ______ present by 7:30, from Dec 26 up to Dec 29.
 (15) ______ cheating during your tests.
 Bringing along mobile devices means (16) ______ your tests.
Question 13. A. to announce B. announce C. to announcing D.
announced
Question 14. A. must B. required C. have to be D. receive
Question 15. A. Without B. Not C. No D.
Hardly
Question 16. A. stopping B. to stop C. stop D. to stopping
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I live in a coastal town. It used to be a beautiful and liveable place. _______
a. Besides, the beaches are polluted and pickpockets happen frequently.
b. I think the local government should invest in better public amenities such as parks
and sports facilities.
c. Now, it's a concrete jungle with big and ugly buildings.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. People are with a safe and clean atmosphere.
B. The city will look more modem and attract more tourists.
C. They should also clean up the beach and increase the security in the town.
D. I also try to protect the environment in my town.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Alexander McQueen
Alexander McQueen is one of the world's most famous clothes designers. He started
(19) _______in an expensive clothes shop in London where he made clothes for
people like Prince Charles and the Russian leader Mikhail Gorbachev. (20) _______the
1990s, he decided to work on his own and he opened his own fashion business.
(21) _______rich and famous people became his customers and the clothes (22) he
made for them were often unusual. Magazines and newspapers liked to write articles
about his clothes and about him. (23) _______, he wasn't always pleasant to
journalists so they didn't always write nice things about him. But McQueen never
cared what anyone said about him. Unfortunately, he (24) _______in 2010 when he
was only 41 years old.
Question 19. A. to working B. work C. worked D. working
Question 20. A. In B. On C. At D. For
Question 21. A. Much B. Many C. A lot D. A
Question 22. A. whose B. who C. which D. whom
Question 23. A. However B. Therefore C. Furthermore D. In
fact
Question 24. A. dies B. died C. die D. dying
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission.
A. You mustn’t leave the room without permission.
B. You might leave the room without permission.
C. You needn’t leave the room without permission.
D. You don’t have to leave the room without permission.
Question 26. Science and technology have completely changed human life.
A. Human life has been completely changed by science and technology.
B. Human life have been changed completely by science and technology.
C. Human life have been completely changed by science and technology.
D. Human life has changed by science and technology completely.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It / first / time / he / stay / up / late / study / exam.
A. It is first time he stayed up late to study for the exam.
B. It is the first time for him to stay up late to study for the exam.
C. It is the first time he stays up late to study for the exam.
D. It is the first time he has stayed up late to study for the exam.
Question 28. Respect / our ancestors / one / traditions / our people
A. To respect our ancestors is one of the traditions on our people.
B. Respect our ancestors is one tradition of our people.
C. Respecting our ancestors was one of the traditions of our people.
D. Respecting our ancestors is one of the traditions of our people.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. The elevator is working well and you can use it.

B. The elevator is not working and you cannot use it.
C. The elevator is being repaired and will work again soon.
D. The elevator is for special use only and not for everyone.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Don't keep this soup in the fridge for more than two
daysonly
A. If you open this soup, after opening
keep it.fridge for two days.
it in the
B. You must open and eat this soup in the next two days.
C. Put this soup in the fridge as soon as you open it.
D. If you open this soup, you shouldn’t keep it in the fridge.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
You can do a few things to make homework less stressful. First, be sure you
understand what you have to do in your assignment. Write it down in your notebook
if you need to and don't be afraid to ask questions about what is expected.
Second, use any extra time you have at school to work on your homework. Many
schools have libraries that are specifically designed for students to study or to get
their homework done.
Third, pace yourself. You need to plan your time. If it is a heavy homework day, you )
will need to devote more time to your homework.
Whenever you need your help, the first person you should ask for help is your
teacher. Sometimes, it is good to have someone explain something that you are not
completely sure of. In addition, you might also be able to get some help from another
student. If there is a friend who is a good student, think about asking that person to
study with you.
Question 31. The word “stressful” in the first paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning
to _______.
A. annoying B. relaxing C. tiring D. wasteful
Question 32. In order to make homework less stressful, the first thing to do is
_______.
A. to remember the deadline
B. to understand what you have to do in your assignment
C. to go to school library as soon as possible
D. to know what you can do it for you
Question 33. If you have any extra time at school, you should _______.
A. spend time with your friends
B. use it to make your day planner
C. use it to understand the assignment
D. study or get your homework done
Question 34. The word “devote” in the third paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to
_______.
A. reduce B. spend C. develop D. waste
Question 35. When a student needs some help, the first person to ask for help is
_______.
A. the best student at school B. his teacher
C. a member in his family D. his friend
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Students can follow some advice to avoid worrying about homework.
B. Students should ask their teachers for help when they need it.
C. Students might get some help from their friends.
D. Students can do their homework in school libraries.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Sardinia is the second largest island in Italy. (37) _______. One of the crafts that make
the island well-known is basket weaving. This is considered one of the most
remarkable handicrafts on the island because it (38) _______.
Baskets are usually woven by Sardinian women. They have handed down the
techniques from generation to generation. The shapes and dimensions of the baskets
are different according to the technique, the area of production, and the kind of
material used. (39) _______.
In the past, people hung the baskets on the walls of their houses or displayed them
on shelves like artwork. Today the baskets are used (40) _______. People really
appreciate the craft because nowadays it is increasingly rare to find good quality
baskets like these. Sardinian people believe that basket weaving is a dying skill and
they hope to preserve it in the future.
A. They use various natural materials such as willow, palm, straw, and hay
B. It is famous for its beautiful nature and a variety of ancient crafts
C. combines manual skills and natural resources
D. in homes or for decorative purposes
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 12
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. pressure B. sentence C. membership D. repeat
Question 2. A. chapterB. chemical C. exchange D. church
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. attend B. option C. produce D. become
Question 4. A. cinema B. position C. family D. popular
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. She left her keys in the room before leaving home, ______?
A. hasn’t she B. wasn’t she C. isn’t she D. didn’t she
Question 6. She studied hard, ______ she passed the exam.
A. so B. if C. because D. as
Question 7. It has been 10 years since we last ______ the film.
A. see B. saw C. have seen D. had seen
Question 8. I ______ tennis a lot, but I don’t play very often now.
A. get used to playing B. am used to play
C. used to play D. used to playing
Question 9. It’s very hot today. I wish I ______ on the beach now.
A. am B. will be C. were D. was
Question 10. If you don’t use the computer, please ______.
A. turn it on B. turn it off C. put it on D. take it off
Question 11. In the morning, Sandra usually eats a loaf of bread and drinks a ______
coffee.
A. bottle B. cup C. head D. bunch
Question 12. Eden and Edward are chatting after work. Eden suggests
eating out.
Eden: “Shall we eat out tonight?” - Edward: “______”
A. That’s a great idea B. It is very kind of you
C. You are very welcome D. That’s all right
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
TRANG AN SCENIC LANDSCAPE COMPLEX
Quick facts
• Recognised as (13) ______ first mixed World Heritage Site in 2014
• Famous for its beautiful (14) ______ and long cultural history
• Consists (15) ______ three protected areas
Natural beauty and biodiversity
• Beautiful limestone mountains, valleys, and rivers
• More than 600 types of plants and 200 types of animals
Cultural heritage
• Caves showing how early humans lived over a period of 30,000 years
• Hundreds of temples and (16) ______ pagodas
Current condition
• The landscape is not changed or damaged by human activities.
• Most of the site is still kept in its natural state, e.g. the original style of architecture.
Question 13. A. the B. a C. an D. no article
Question 14. A. view B. scene C. sight D. landscape
Question 15. A. in B. of C. for D. by
Question 16. A. historian B. historic C. history D. historically
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I have been on an unforgettable summer course in America. ______
a. The most special experience was my visit to the top of Rockefeller Centre because
I could view the whole city below.
b. In the evening, we played board games and billiards.
c. We had an enjoyable campus tour, attended English classes, and joined team
activities.
A. b-a-c B. c-a-b C. c-b-a D. a-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. That was the first time I travelled without my parents, so I felt like I grew up a lot
after the trip.
B. I think the bad weather will make me disappointed.
C. I have never prepared for this kind of trip before.
D. Maybe, I will take part in this course in the future.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Lunar New Year, more commonly known by its shortened name Tet, (19) ______ is the
most important and (20) ______ holiday and festival in Viet Nam. Tet takes place from
(21) ______ first day of the first month of the Lunar calendar (around late January or
early February) until at least the third day. Many Vietnamese (22) ______ for Tet by
cooking special foods and cleaning the house. There are lots of customs practised
during Tet, like visiting a person's house on the first day of the New Year, wishing
New Year's greetings (23) ______ giving lucky money to children and elderly people.
During Tet, Vietnamese visit their relatives and temples (24) ______ forget the trouble
of the past year and hope for a better upcoming year.
Question 19. A. who B. which C. that D. whom
Question 20. A. popular B. dangerous C. difficult D. boring
Question 21. A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 22. A. prepare B. preparation C. preparative D. preparing
Question 23. A. or B. so C. but D. and
Question 24. A. in order to B. so that C. because of D. due to
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “We will move to this flat next week,” said the girl.
A. The girl said that they will move to that flat the following week.
B. The girl said that they would move to that flat the following week.
C. The girl said that they would move to this flat next week.
D. The girl said that we would move to that flat the following week.
Question 26. This is the first time I have gone out for a picnic.
A. I have ever gone out for a picnic.
B. I have never gone out for a picnic before.
C. I had never gone out for a picnic before.
D. I never go out for a picnic.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. John / is / old / understand / the problem.
A. John isn’t old enough understand the problem.
B. John isn’t old enough to understand the problem.
C. John is so old to understand the problem.
D. John isn’t too old understand the problem.
Question 28. They / decide / learn English / go / study / Australia
A. They decided learning English before going to study in Australia.
B. They decided and learned English before going to study in Australia.
C. They decided to learn English before go to study in Australia.
D. They decided to learn English before going to study in Australia.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Security cameras are not being used in this area.

B. Security cameras are watching and recording in this area.
C. There are no security cameras around this building.
D. Security cameras are only active during the night.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"The cafe will have live music on Friday nights starting at 7

PM.
A. Live music will be played on Saturday nights.
B. The cafe will haveEnjoy
live music
musiconwhile
Fridayyou
nights starting at 7 PM.
dine."
C. Music will be played only in the morning.
D. The cafe will not have live music this month.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Every one of us produces garbage of one kind or another. Some of the garbage is \
thrown into the sea. Some is burnt or buried under the ground. Every year we need
to find about 800,000 cubic metres of empty land just to bury the garbage.
This is the same as filling one football stadium with garbage up to 20 metres high.
This garbage damages the environment. Although a lot of garbage is buried in the
ground, some of it gets blown about in the wind. Also, when garbage is burnt,
poisonous gases are given off into the air. The garbage thrown into the sea will
pollute the water.
What can we do about these problems? One very easy answer is to produce less
garbage. We can recycle things made from glass and paper as well as tin cans.
People can refuse to take the plastic bags from the shops and supermarkets by
bringing with them ; their own bags or baskets when they go shopping.
The government should tell people about the dangers of garbage pollution.
Education is perhaps the most important factor for keeping our environment healthy
for s the future.
Question 31. According to paragraph 2, poisonous gases are given off when we
______.
A. throw the garbage into the sea B. recycle the garbage
C. bum the garbage D. blow the garbage about
Question 32. According to paragraph 3, when we go shopping, we should ______.
A. use our own baskets or bags B. tell other people about recycling
C. buy less food D. ask for more plastic bags
Question 33. All of these can be recycled EXCEPT ______.
A. glass B. paper C. tin cans D. poisonous gases
Question 34. Which is probably the most important way to protect the
environment?
A. recycle more garbage B. educate people
C. throw more garbage into the ocean D. stay away from shops
Question 35. The word “poisonous” in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to
______.
A. toxic B. clean C. healthy D. pleasant
Question 36. The word “dangers” in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. risks B. threats C. disadvantages D. benefits
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The local newspaper carried out a survey with city dwellers about (37) ______. Most
participants in the survey talked about the city's traffic. First, they wanted stricter
traffic laws to stop drivers from ignoring traffic lights and breaking speed limits. (38)
______. In addition, they hoped their city would improve its public transport system.
(39) ______. There should be bus lines that reach almost all areas in the city, so it
would be easy for people to get around. They said that good public transport could
also save the city money. The local authority wouldn't need to construct new parking
lots and widen roads to cater for the increasing number of private cars. Finally, the
survey participants suggested the local authority build traffic apps. The apps could
recommend to drivers (40) ______. The sooner the government started implementing
these, the more convenient it would be to travel around the city.
A. how to make the city a more liveable place
B. For example, buses should be clean and have air conditioners
C. This would help reduce road accidents
D. the best routes to avoid traffic congestion
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 13
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. tidy B. sight C. mineral D. describe
Question 2. A. therefore B. throw C. thick D. thought
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. baby B. novel C. picture D. remind
Question 4. A. entertain B. pollution C. computer D. collection
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. It’s very noisy in the new neighbourhood; ______, we enjoy living there.
A. therefore B. but C. so D. however
Question 6. Sarah is the ______ student in this class.
A. very intelligent B. most intelligent
C. more intelligent D. less intelligent
Question 7. He will sell traditional handicraft at the market next week, ______?
A. will he B. didn’t he C. doesn’t he D. won’t he
Question 8. ______ Sun, which is one of millions of stars in the universe, provides us
with heat and light.
A. The B. A C. An D. 
Question 9. The man ______ came to my house yesterday starred in a very famous
film.
A. what B. whose C. who D. which
Question 10. Ha Long city is famous ______ its beautiful beaches.
A. in B. of C. for D. with
Question 11. Living ______ are much lower here than in big cities like Hanoi or Ho
Chi Minh City.
A. salary B. expenses C. prices D. payment
Question 12. Hoa: “Shall I help you with a suitcase?” - Mai: “______”
A. Not a chance B. What a pity.
C. I can’t agree more. D. That’s very kind of you.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Want to be (13) ______ tour guide?
• Are you over 18 and (14) ______ in travelling and (15) ______ different cultures?
• Apply to SGV Vocational School. We provide tour guide training courses all year
round.
• No qualifications needed
• Low (16) ______
• Apprenticeships provided
Question 13. A. an B. a C. the D.
another
Question 14. A. interesting B. interested C. interest D.
interestingly
Question 15. A. surveying B. seeking C. discovering D. exploring
Question 16. A. price B. expense C. cost D. rate
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was one of the few children in my village who was still at school at the age of 15.
Every day, I got up early and walked to school. ______
a. Learning then depended mostly on our teachers and textbooks.
b. I learned simply by taking notes during class, memorising them, and doing the
homework.
c. We had no library or lab and the nearest bookshop was six kilometres away.
A. b-c-a B. c-a-b C. c-b-a D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I felt so bored that I wanted to live in the city.
B. Life then was simple.
C. I promise, I will try to study hard to have a better future.
D. Life here was so complex.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Health and fitness are some of the most important aspects of life. Without these, life
will be very unhappy and dreadful.
There are many ways to (19) ______ your health and fitness. Certain activities should
be followed daily like regular physical exercise. It can be (20) ______ simple activity
as climbing stairs instead of taking a lift or elevator, (21) ______ more than taking a
car to go to different places. It is important to eat proper and clean food at the right
time. The food should also be rich in nutrition (22) ______ high in fibre, low in fat, high
protein content and have (23) ______ vitamins. Proper sleeping pattern is also
important to keep healthy. Try to go to bed at the same time each night and sleep at
least 7 hours per day.
For any of these activities, it is important to be self-motivated. The fitness activities
should be a part of your daily (24) ______, and this will benefit you by improving your
lifestyle. It is important to maintain the health and fitness of not just our physical self
but our mental self as well, to have a happy and fulfilled life.
Question 19. A. maintain B. make C. keep D. stay
Question 20. A. some B. a C. an D. a lot of
Question 21. A. walk B. walking C. to walk D. walked
Question 22. A. and B. although C. because D. such as
Question 23. A. more B. less C. much D. fewer
Question 24. A. action B. routine C. condition D. meal
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Please give me some advice tomorrow, Tom,” said Jane.
A. Jane told Tom to give her some advice tomorrow.
B. Jane asked Tom to give her some advice the following day.
C. Jane asked Tom give her some advice the following day.
D. Tom told Tom to give me some advice tomorrow.
Question 26. Water these plants or they will die.
A. If you did not water these plants, they will die.
B. If you water these plants, they will die.
C. If you don’t water these plants, they will die.
D. If you are watering these plants, they will die.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. weather / cold / they / go finishing.
A. The weather was too cold that they couldn’t go fishing.
B. The weather was too cold for them to go fishing.
C. The weather was such cold that they couldn’t go fishing.
D. The weather was so cold that they could go fishing.
Question 28. Past / children / not have / many / form / entertainment
A. From the past, children not have many forms of entertainment.
B. In the past, children didn’t have many forms of entertainment.
C. In the past, children don’t have many forms of entertainment.
D. For the past, children didn’t have many forms of entertainment.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You are allowed to take photos in this area.
B. Photography is not allowed in this area at any time.
C. You can take photos if you have permission.
D. Taking photos is encouraged and permitted here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

“The local swimming pool is having a water safety

course
A. The water safety course for children will be held on Saturday morning.
B. Sign
forup
children
now for on
the Saturday
children’s morning.
course. Sign up now!”
C. The course is held in the afternoon for teenagers.
D. Registration begins next month for the children’s course.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The lifestyle of people living in urban areas of big cities like Ho Chi Minh City and
Hanoi is different from that of people living in rural areas of villages etc. Life in the
city is often modern and complicated. City life is busy and most adults are working.
The lifestyle is competitive and the daily routine consists of work till the evenings and
then spending time with family or friends at night. Most of the inhabitants in the city
work at many different positions like secretaries, doctors, teachers, government
workers, factory i workers and street vendors etc. The cost of living in the urban
areas is more than that in Ji the countryside. Because of this reason, people tend to
work hard to make ends meet.
80% of the Vietnamese population lives in rural areas and villages which are
scattered ị throughout the lowland’s areas and along the coastal line. In these areas,
the way people live on a daily basis is in strong contrast to life in urban areas and
larger cities. People work in groups and take up jobs as farmers and fishermen.
Everybody is helpful to one another and is involved in a variety of activities such as
raising livestock, making handicrafts and farming etc. Along the coastal line,
fishermen are very dependent upon the sea as it is their only means of livelihood.
These fishermen are thus very hardworking and worship their work. Those people
residing in the central highlands or northern mountains live by growing a number of
things like rice, coffee, rubber trees and tea etc.
Question 31. The text is mainly about ______.
A. lifestyle in the countryside
B. lifestyle in the city
C. lifestyle in the city and in the countryside
D. lifestyle of young people
Question 32. People in the city tend to work hard to make ends meet because of
______.
A. the variety of jobs B. many modern-day amenities
C. busy daily routine D. the higher cost of living
Question 33. According to the text, Vietnamese people mostly live in ______.
A. urban areas B. rural areas and villages
C. both urban and rural areas D. suburban area
Question 34. According to the text, the following things are the jobs of people in the
countryside EXCEPT ______.
A. raising livestock and farming B. street vendors
C. making handicrafts D. growing rice, coffee, rubber trees and tea
Question 35. The word “make ends meet” in the first paragraph is CLOSEST in
meaning to_____.
A. earn money B. succeed in life C. save money D. make a decision
Question 36. The word “dependent” in the second paragraph is OPPOSITE in
meaning to ______.
A. generous B. self-reliant C. reliable D. responsible
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Twenty years ago, people tried to leave the suburbs for cities but nowadays many
people are reluctant to make such a move. They say that compared to suburban
areas, (37) ______.
The high cost of living is the first disadvantage. The bigger the city is, the higher the
living cost is. Accommodation and petrol are expensive. (38) ______. Apart from that,
city people seem to suffer from more noise and air pollution. The densely populated
neighbourhoods, busy traffic, and big construction sites make cities noisy and dusty.
These are harmful to people's health, such as increasing their stress levels,
disturbing their sleep and making them suffer from breathing problems.
(39) ______. House prices are high in the city, so people tend to live in smaller houses
or in apartment blocks. Many cities lack spaces for outdoor activities; therefore,
teenagers often hang out at shopping malls or in entertainment complexes (40)
______.
The cities' authorities are trying to overcome these problems. However, they still
have a long way to go before they can reduce living costs and pollution, and increase
green space to make all cities in the world more liveable places.
A. city life has many drawbacks
B. instead of doing sports outdoors
C. Lack of space is another drawback of city life
D. Food and drinks are also pricey
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 14
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. proud B. about C. around D. would
Question 2. A. what B. whom C. where D. which
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. letter B. careful C. agree D. sister
Question 4. A. educate B. entertain C. volleyball D. chemistry
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. If we ______ enough time, we’ll study this exercise more carefully.
A. will have B. have C. had D. would have
Question 6. He shows me where ______ tickets.
A. buy B. to buy C. buys D. buying
Question 7. It’s a secret. You ______ let anyone know about it.
A. may not B. needn’t C. mightn’t D. mustn’t
Question 8. The artist, ______ painting you have bought, is a friend of my father’s.
A. whom B. whose C. from whose D. from whom
Question 9. The blue house is ______ than the green one.
A. far the largest B. largest far C. large far D. far larger
Question 10. The trip to the National Gallery has been ______ until next Friday.
A. put off B. looked into C. turned up D. found out
Question 11. Phong always gets up early every morning ______ he’s not late for his
work.
A. so that B. even though C. because D. as soon as
Question 12. Daisy: “Would you like to drink some more tea?” - Linda: “______”
A. You are totally right B. Yes, I like you
C. Yes, please D. No, I don’t like.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Dear Customers,
It is my pleasure (13) ______ you that our new store 'Stationery City' is now open for
business in your area. We offer a wide range of office equipment and furniture. We
would like to offer you our special introductory discount of 40% off all purchases ( 14)
______ 13th November. We can also offer you a loyalty scheme which could (15) ______
you thousands on your office costs. Please see our website www.stationerycity.com
for (16) ______ details.
Thank you for your attention.
Question 13. A. informing B. inform C. to informing D. to inform
Question 14. A. before B. after C. on D. in
Question 15. A. earn B. profit C. waste D. save
Question 16. A. farther B. further C. supplementary D.
complimentary
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Nowadays, electronic devices are becoming more and more popular in modern
classrooms. ____
a. First, teachers can use electronic devices to teach interactive lessons, provide real-
time feedback to students, etc.
b. Some schools use digital textbooks and educational software instead of traditional
print materials.
c. Second, Students can use them to access online resources, cooperate with their )
classmates, and complete assignments online.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Then, we can use electronic devices in classrooms.
B. In conclusion, I think they are very useful and convenient in classrooms.
C. Moreover, students can have a lot of outdoor activities.
D. To me, I like using electronic devices when I have free time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
When travelling, hostels are usually the cheapest places to stay. They (19) ______ five
to thirty dollars a night. The 7,000 youth hostels around the world vary greatly: some
are beautiful and comfortable, but others are not! All of them, however, are usually '
clean and safe. Hostels are always full (20) ______ other people travelling cheaply,
(21) ______ they are good places to meet people and exchange information. There
are usually ten or more beds in a room. Women and men sleep (22) ______. In
hostels, each visitor must bring his or her own sleeping bag and towel. (23) ______
hostels also require you (24) ______ the hostel during the day.
Question 19. A. pay B. price C. cost D. take
Question 20. A. in B. with C. by D. of
Question 21. A. so B. but C. because D. although
Question 22. A. separate B. separation C. separately D.
separating
Question 23. A. A lot B. Some C. Much D. A
Question 24. A. leave B. to leave C. leaving D. to leaving
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Although they are poor, they are very generous.
A. In spite of their poverty, they are very generous.
B. In spite of their poor, they are very generous.
C. In spite of they are poor, they are very generous.
D. In spite of their poverty but they are very generous.
Question 26. “Why don’t we travel to Phu Quoc Island by ferry?” they said.
A. They asked why we didn’t travel to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
B. They suggested travelling to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
C. They wished that we travelled to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
D. They wanted to travel to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He / not / have / eyes / tested / a year.
A. He last had his eyes tested for a year.
B. He didn’t have any tests on his eyes since a year.
C. He hasn’t had his eyes tested for a year.
D. The last time he has tested his eyes was a year ago.
Question 28. If / you / speak / English / we / offer / you / job.
A. If you can speak English, we could offer you the job
B. If you could speak English, we would offer you the job.
C. If you could speak English, we will offer you the job.
D. If you spoke English, we will offer you the job.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Dogs are always allowed to be in the pool area.
B. Dogs are sometimes allowed in the pool area.
C. Dogs can swim in the pool whenever they like.
D. Dogs cannot be in the pool area at any time.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
BOOKSHOP-CLOSED AFTERNOONS
A. The bookshop is closed all day.
B. The bookshop is open in the morning.
C. The bookshop is open in the afternoon.
D. The bookshop is closed in the morning.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Eating a balanced diet means choosing a wide variety of foods and drinks from all s
the food groups. It also means eating certain things in moderation, namely
saturated fat, cholesterol, refined sugar, and salt. The goal is to take in nutrients you
need for health at the recommended levels. You can get the most nutrients by
choosing foods with a high-nutrient density. Nutrient-dense foods provide substantial
amounts of vitamins and minerals and relatively few calories, such as fresh fruit and
vegetables, lean meat and fish, and whole grains and beans.
Low-nutrient dense foods have few vitamins but lots of calories, such as candy bars,
soda, donuts and onion rings. Vegetable sources of protein, such as nuts, beans, and
whole grains are great choices and offer vitamins, minerals and healthy fibres. The
best protein choices are poultry and fish. For those who love red meat, you should
stick with the leanest cuts, choose moderate portion sizes, and make it only an
occasional part of your diet. Developing healthy eating habits is not as confusing or
as restrictive as you may imagine. The first principle of a healthy diet is simply to eat
a wide variety of foods. This is important because different foods make different
nutritional contributions. Fruits, vegetables, grains, and legumes-foods high in
complex carbohydrates, fibre, vitamins, and minerals, low in fat and free of
cholesterol-should make up the bulk of the calories you consume. The rest should
come from low-fat dairy products, lean meat and poultry, and fish.
Question 31. The following things are low-nutrient dense foods EXCEPT ______.
A. candy bars B. soft drinks
C. donuts and onion rings D. peanuts
Question 32. Which are the best protein choices?
A. nuts, beans, and whole grains B. poultry and fish
C. donuts and onion rings D. green vegetables
Question 33. Eating a wide variety of foods is important because ______.
A. they offer vitamins, minerals and healthy fibres
B. they make up the bulk of the calories
C. you can get the most nutrients by choosing them
D. different foods make different nutritional contributions
Question 34. The word “moderation" in the first paragraph is OPPOSITE in
meaning to ______.
A. balance B. excess C. avoidance D. limitation
Question 35. The word “consume" in the second paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning
to ______.
A. collect B. eat C. need D. consider
Question 36. The text is mainly about ______.
A. a healthy lifestyle B. a of variety of nutritious foods
C. healthy eating habits D. a balanced diet
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
We can manage our time effectively (37) ______. Firstly, it is important to set clear
and realistic goals and prioritise tasks accordingly. This means that you must identify
what is the most important and urgent and allocate time and resources accordingly.
Next, creating a schedule or to-do list can be helpful in staying on track and ( 38)
______ within the time allotted. Thirdly, it is important to learn to say no to
distractions and time- wasting activities such as checking social media. Instead, you
should focus on the task at hand and work efficiently to complete it. Additionally,
(39) ______ for self-care activities t can help increase productivity and prevent
burnout. Finally, it is essential to regularly review and adjust your schedule to ensure
that you are making progress towards your goals and accommodating yourself to any
working conditions in your life. By following these tips, you can make the most of
your time, be more productive, and (40) ______.
A. ensuring that all tasks are completed
B. by following some of these strategies
C. achieve success in all aspects of your life
D. taking regular breaks and scheduling time
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 15
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. begin B. secure C. temporary D. rewarding
Question 2. A. routine B. future C. tourist D. talent
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. prevent B. protect C. pollute D. cancel
Question 4. A. interview B. recognise C. motivate D. entertain
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. When we reached the airport, we found that all the flights ____ due to
the storm.
A. was cancelled B. had been cancelled
C. cancelled D. had cancelled
Question 6. We ____ four quizzes and five tests so far this semester.
A. have had B. are having C. had D. will have
Question 7. I really admire the professor ____ I met at the conference.
A. whose B. where C. which D. whom
Question 8. He visited his grandmother yesterday, ____?
A. didn’t he B. hasn’t he C. isn’t he D. doesn’t he
Question 9. We have English class ____ Mondays and Tuesdays.
A. in B. on C. at D. from
Question 10. We heard the news as soon as we ____ the car radio.
A. went over B. switched on C. grew up D. turned down
Question 11. Maria felt ____ when she heard her brother shouting while she was
studying.
A. sick B. confident C. relaxed D. annoyed
Question 12. Linda: “Would you mind opening the window?” - Jane: “____”
A. I agree with you. B. Yes, you can. C. Not at all. D. Yes, I’d love to.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Dear Mr Peterson,
I would like (13) ____ a change in our delivery service policy to your attention. Until
now, we have always provided free delivery for (14) ____ order. However, (15) ____
increasing fuel prices, we regret that this service will now only be available for orders
of (16) ____ £100. I want to take this opportunity to thank you for your most valued
custom.
Question 13. A. brought B. bring C. bringing D. to bring
Question 14. A. any B. an C. a lot of D. several
Question 15. A. thanks to B. for fear of C. due to D. despite
Question 16. A. above B. over C. under D. approximate
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I fell in love with Vancouver's natural habitats. ____
a. I like swimming in the Kitsilano pool, which is the longest outdoor swimming pool
in North America.
b. I can go hiking in the summer and snowboarding in the winter in the mountains.
c. Sometimes I pack my favourite foods and go to Kitsilano Beach to get a bit of
sunshine.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. b-c-a D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I spent a lot of time exploring this place with my friends.
B. In addition, it is the most wonderful destination in the world.
C. Next, you should visit Vancouver one day in the future.
D. In short, Vancouver is worth visiting if you want to enjoy nature.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
When dining in a typical Korean restaurant with locals, get ready to share your food!
s Doing it in the Korean way means eating from the (19) ____ bowl, since sharing and
common dining are a big part of their culture. Sitting around the big round table, with
(20) ____ small, different dishes called "banchan" on top of it and usually one big grill
in the middle of the table to grill your own meat, is not a sign of a lazy chef but an
opportunity (21) ____ the ritual.
Since the (22) ____ is to eat straight from the bowl without having your own plate,
seeing other people's spoons dipped in the same pot shouldn't surprise you. So, feel
free to stick your chopsticks in that kimchi shouting: my germs!
Compared (23) ____ the western customs of consuming the food, the biggest
difference is that you have your personal plate (24) ____ you place the food, which is
not shared with the rest once it is on your plate. Also, the habit is to usually eat only
one big, main dish, with possibly one or two side dishes, while Koreans have a variety
of small bites.
Question 19. A. similar B. different C. separate D.
same
Question 20. A. much B. lots of C. a D. any
Question 21. A. enjoying B. to enjoy C. enjoy D. to enjoying
Question 22. A. traditionally B. traditionalist C. tradition D. traditional
Question 23. A. with B. over C. at D. from
Question 24. A. who B. which C. that D. where
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Life in the countryside isn’t as stressful as life in the city.
A. Life in the city is less stressful than that in the countryside.
B. Life in the countryside is more stressful than that in the city.
C. Life in the city is more stressful than life in the countryside.
D. Life in the countryside is so as stressful as life in the city.
Question 26. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission.
A. You mustn’t leave the room without permission.
B. You might leave the room without permission.
C. You have right to leave the room without permission.
D. You don’t have to leave the room without permission.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. All flights / Noi Bai / International Airport / cancel / fog.
A. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled because fog.
B. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled because of fog.
C. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled despite of fog.
D. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled in spite of fog.
Question 28. It/ be/ such/ good movie/ that/ she/ watch/ twice/
A. It is such good movie that she has watched it twice.
B. It is such a good movie that she has watched it twice.
C. It is such good movie that she watched it twice.
D. It is such a good movie that she had watched it twice.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Return your cart anywhere in the parking lot.
B. Return the cart to the designated cart area.
C. Keep the cart in your car until you get home.
D. Return the cart at the store entrance.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Announcement:
Library Hours
Monday - Friday: 9 AM - 6 PM
Saturday:
A. The library is open10every
AM - 4 PMof the week.
day
B. The libraryClosed
closesonatSundays
6 PM on weekdays.
C. The library opens at 9 AM on Saturdays.
D. The library is open on Sundays.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Twitter is a social network that allows users to send and receive short messages,
called tweets. Tweets can be up to 140 characters long. You can send tweets from
your computer or even from your mobile phone. While some social networking
services like Facebook or MySpace are more complicated, Twitter is fairly simple to
use. To send or receive messages you just have to create an account on Twitter. You
can only send texts to Twitter, images are not allowed. Your messages on Twitter can
be private, meaning only your friends can read them or you could make them
public, meaning they can be seen by everyone. Recently, Twitter has also been used
in business. Companies use Twitter to inform people about new products or just to
post something that is on sale. Twitter has become very popular. Since its birth in
2006, over one hundred million people around the world have been using it
regularly.
Question 31. This passage is mainly about ____.
A. a new product B. a new company C. an account D. a social network
Question 32. According to the passage, Twitter is ____ to use.
A. expensive B. complicated C. simple D. cheap
Question 33. The word “private” is CLOSEST in meaning to ____.
A. individual B. public C. special D. social
Question 34. You can do three following activities on Twitter EXCEPT ____.
A. send messages B. receive messages
C. send images D. introduce new products
Question 35. It can be inferred from the passage that Twitter has now ____.
A. been only nation-wide popular B. been worldwide popular
C. not been popular D. been only used in business
Question 36. The word “regularly” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ____.
A. frequently B. commonly C. rarely D. sometimes
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Chi, a student at a specialised high school in Ha Noi, needs to have a well-balanced
life because she wants to excel in her studies, pursue her passions and hobbies, etc.
(37) ____.
Firstly, Chi starts each day by planning her schedule and setting priorities for the day,
making sure to allocate time for studying, extracurricular activities, and socialising.
She also takes breaks throughout the day to relax and recharge.
In addition, Chi dedicates time to her hobbies, (38) ____. She believes that pursuing
her passions brings her joy and a sense of fulfilment.
Chi also (39) ____ and makes an effort to stay in touch even when she is busy with
schoolwork. She understands the importance of building and maintaining strong
relationships with them.
Finally, Chi gives priority to her physical and mental health. (40) ____. She also
practises mindfulness and meditation to manage stress and maintain a positive
mindset.
By following these practices, we believe that Chi is on her way to achieving a fulfilling
and well-balanced life.
A. spends time with her family and friends regularly
B. Below are some of the things she often does to achieve a well-balanced life
C. such as reading, listening to music, and doing sports
D. She gets enough sleep, eats a balanced diet, and does exercise regularly
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 16
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. adapt B. apply C. access D. aware
Question 2. A. sculptureB. lantern C. pottery D. treat
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. answer B. admire C. advise D. adjust
Question 4. A. develop B. understand C. imagine D. consider
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. He _____ more confident since he joined the club.
A. is becoming B. becomes C. has become D. become
Question 6. The Great Walls of China _____ thousands of years ago.
A. is built B. was built C. is building D. was building
Question 7. I look forward _____ you on Tuesday after work.
A. see B. to seeing C. to see D. seeing
Question 8. Her mother, _____ has been working for thirty years, is retiring next
month.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. who
Question 9. Peter is the _____ student in the class. He learns almost all subjects well.
A. more intelligent B. as intelligent C. most intelligent D. intelligently
Question 10. Nam is not very good _____ English.
A. in B. at C. with D. to
Question 11. He was offered the job thanks to his _____ performance during his job
interview.
A. impressive B. impression C. impress D. impressively
Question 12. Jen: “Shall we eat out tonight at Diamond Restaurant?” - Erwin:
“_____”
A. That’s a good idea. B. It’s very kind of you.
C. You’re welcome. D. That’s alright.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Writers wanted!
Wowee Magazine is looking (13) _____ writers for (14) _____ website. Pay is based on
the number of people (15) _____ read your articles. You may also receive free tickets
to events and free products to test.
♦ This is (16) _____ great opportunity to get valuable work experience.
♦ We want people who are: chatty, interesting, passionate, skilled
♦ Contact us at [email protected]
Question 13. A. for B. at C. down D. up
Question 14. A. our B. their C. my D. its

Question 16. A. ∅
Question 15. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
B. the C. an D. a
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
This is such a kid-friendly place. _____
a. The whole city is like an adventure playground.
b. At weekends, I take my daughters to the mind-blowing museum, explore a
rainforest, or play outdoor games with them.
c. There are hundreds of activities to entertain children.
A. b-a-c B. b-c-a C. c-a-b D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Vancouver is a perfect place for family life.
B. Vancouver is a good place for people who want to explore the nature.
C. Vancouver is a perfect destination for foreign tourists.
D. Vancouver is such a wonderful place for education.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
UNESCO has given an award to a festival (19) _____ South Korea. It decided (20)
_____ South Korea's Lotus Lantern Festival to its list of intangible (21) _____ heritage.
The festival is one of 25 things the UN added to its heritage list this year.
The South Korean festival (22) _____ in spring to celebrate Buddha's birthday. It
symbolises lighting up the world to make things fair for everyone. The festival dates
back 2,000 years. There was an ancient temple in 57 BC that royals visited to see
lotus lanterns. Today, it is one of Korea's biggest festivals. People (23) _____ temples
with lanterns made of paper and bamboo. Villages, towns and cities hold parades
where people carry lanterns through the streets. A spokesperson said: "We will try to
make the festival a cultural (24) _____ that can be loved by people around the world."
Question 19. A. on B. at C. in D. with
Question 20. A. adding B. add C. to add D. added
Question 21. A. cultural B. culture C. culturally D. cultures
Question 22. A. held B. is held C. holds D. is hold
Question 23. A. celebrate B. decorate C. honour D. hang
Question 24. A. value B. site C. wonder D. heritage
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Tom said, “I want to visit my friends this weekend.”
A. Tom said he wants to visit his friends this weekend.
B. Tom said he wanted to visit his friends this weekend.
C. Tom said he wants to visit his friends that weekend.
D. Tom said he wanted to visit his friends that weekend.
Question 26. Peter usually had lunch in the canteen, but he doesn’t now.
A. Peter got used to having lunch in the canteen.
B. Peter usually has lunch in the canteen now.
C. Peter is used to have lunch in the canteen.
D. Peter used to have lunch in the canteen.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She/ go back / the village/ where/born/ grow up
A. She goes back to a village where she was born and grew up.
B. She goes back to the village where she was born and grown up.
C. She is going back to village where she was born and grew up.
D. She went back to the village where she was born and grew up.
Question 28. I wish / can/ go camping/ you/ tomorrow
A. I wish I can go camping with you tomorrow.
B. I wish I can go to the camp with you tomorrow.
C. I wish I could go camping with you tomorrow.
D. I wish I could going to camp with you tomorrow.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Wash your hands only if they look dirty before eating.
B. It is fine to eat without washing your hands first.
C. Wash your hands before you eat to keep everything clean and safe.
D. Wash your hands after eating, not before you start.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

DAN’S ICE CREAMS

Buy one, get one free!
A. The(Special offer
ice cream 12-2
shop p.m.for
is open only)
only 2 hours.
B. Two ice creams will cost the same as one.
C. You can get free ice creams all afternoon.
D. You can only buy 2 ice creams at a time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Earth Hour is an annual event which asks you to switch off all your lights for one
hour. The aim is to involve as many people as possible in positive change for our
planet.
What is Earth Hour?
Earth Hour is organised by the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) and it's a big event
usually at the end of March every year. On this evening, people 'go dark' - that is,
switch off lights in their homes, schools and businesses all at the same time for one
hour. Earth Hour started in Australia in 2007, when 2.2 million people in Sydney
turned off all unnecessary lights for an hour. Since then, it has grown into an
international event, and many countries around the world have taken part. Famous
buildings that have gone dark for Earth Hour include the Sydney Opera House and
Harbour Bridge, the Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur, the Houses of Parliament and
Buckingham Palace in London, the Eiffel Tower in Paris, the Forbidden City in Beijing
and New York's Empire State Building.
What’s the idea behind Earth Hour?
The idea is to raise awareness of environmental issues and call for action to protect
nature, so that people enjoy healthy, happy and sustainable lives now and in the
future.
It's true that switching off the lights for just one hour saves only a small amount of
power. But this is only the beginning. On one level, participating in Earth Hour makes
people think about the problem of climate change and what we can do in everyday
life to protect nature.
What does ‘60+’ mean?
The logo of Earth Hour is '60+'. The number 60 is for the 60 minutes of Earth Hour,
and the plus invites people to keep on taking action even after Earth Hour is finished.
In fact, people who join Earth Hour say that taking part makes them want to do more
for the environment. The climate activist Greta Thunberg says that 'Earth Hour is
every hour of everyday.
Question 31. When is Earth Hour?
A. annual event B. at the end of March every year
C. in 2007 D. 60 minutes
Question 32. What do people do for Earth Hour?
A. Switch off non-essential lights.
B. Watch TV to participate in the campaign.
C. Raise awareness of environmental issues
D. Switch on the lights at famous buildings.
Question 33. The word “go dark” in the second paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to
_____ .
A. walking in the dark B. living in the dark
C. switch off lights D. turn on lights
Question 34. According to the passage, which of these have gone dark for Earth
Hour EXCEPT _____?
A. The Petronas Towers
B. The Eiffel Tower
C. The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF)
D. The Sydney Opera House
Question 35. According to paragraph 3, how does Earth Hour help the planet?
A. It makes people switch off lights in their homes, schools and businesses.
B. It helps people know more about climate change.
C. It encourages people to use more electricity.
D. It raises people’s awareness of environmental issues
Question 36. What is the main idea of the text?
A. Ways to save electricity
B. An introduction of Earth Hour
C. How to protect the environment
D. Some interesting stories about Earth Hour
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
London, the capital city of England and the United Kingdom, is situated on the River
Thames, which meanders through the city. It is renowned for its numerous bridges.
Among the bridges, the oldest one is London Bridge, which was originally built of
wood but reconstructed in stone in 1217. However, (37) _____, which was designed to
blend in with the nearby Tower of London.__________
London is a thriving commercial and cultural centre with many significant financial
organisations such as the Bank of England and the London Stock Exchange. They are
located in the area called the City. Docklands, the former port in east London, has
been redeveloped as a business centre. (38) _____. Due to the high cost of housing
near the city centre, many people working in London prefer to live in the suburbs and
commute to work by train or bus. London's transportation system is well-connected,
with various modes of transportation available, including the red London buses, (39)
_____, commonly known as 'the Tube'.
(40) _____. Although some people from other parts of Britain view it as very noisy and
dirty, many others visit London only for the 'bright lights' - the theatres around
Shaftesbury Avenue or the shops on Oxford Street. People also take their children to
visit Buckingham Palace, where the royal family lives, and the clock tower, from
which Big Ben tolls the hour. Young people, on the other hand, are lured to the pubs
and comedy clubs of Covent Garden, live music concerts, and the stalls of Camden
Market.
A. The West End boasts theatres, cinemas, museums, and stores
B. London is now a cosmopolitan, multicultural city which has attracted people from
around the globe
C. the most unique bridge is Tower Bridge
D. black taxi cabs, and the London Underground
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 17
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mood B. flood C. spoon D. moon
Question 2. A. classmate B. pressure C. embarrass D. missing
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. decide B. enjoy C. rebel D. review
Question 4. A. apartment B. loyalty C. resident D. confidence
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. “_____ products did you sell?” - “Maybe 100. I don’t remember.”
A. How many B. How much C. When D. What
Question 6. Some students in my class prefer _____ TV to playing sports.
A. watched B. to watch C. watch D. watching
Question 7. Jack _____ working for the local newspaper 2 months ago.
A. stops B. stopped C. had stopped D. has stopped
Question 8. The teacher didn’t seem to be happy about our tasks, _____?
A. didn’t they B. did they C. didn’t he D. did he
Question 9. He tried hard, _____ he couldn’t win a gold medal at the Olympics.
A. nor B. because of C. but D. in spite of
Question 10. My favourite item of clothing is the blue T-shirt _____ my mother
bought for me.
A. which B. who C. whom D. what
Question 11. My brother’s hobby is _____ old postcards.
A. composing B. including C. taking D. collecting
Question 12. Mr. Harry: “Your pronunciation is getting better now, John.” - John:
“_____”
A. Oh, you’re right. B. Thank you. It’s encouraging,
C. Never mind. D. Don’t worry about it!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
CALLING ALL MODELS
Think you could be a model? If so, we'd like to meet you!
Working as (13) _____ successful fashion model isn't easy but it is very exciting and
could be a great opportunity. Girls and boys should be over 16 with a minimum ( 14)
_____ of 172 cm and 182 cm respectively. If you are (15) _____ 16 and do not yet have
the required height, we will still be interested in meeting you, (16) _____ you must
bring a parent.
Question 13. A.  B. the C. an D. a
Question 14. A. height B. tall C. peak D. weight
Question 15. A. below B. beneath C. under D. prior to
Question 16. A. so B. and C. nor D. but
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Keeping a journal or using a tracking app on your phone is a great way to get your
goals. _____
a. Once these small goals become part of your routine, you can gradually add new
goals.
b. For example, limiting eating out to twice a week or incorporating weightlifting into
your exercise routine.
c. By doing this, you can monitor your progress and ensure that you stay on track.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. c-a-b D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. To me, a tracking app is very useful to my life.
B. With these goals, you will meet and make a lot of friends.
C. These small goals are easier to achieve and will eventually lead to meeting your
main goal.
D. However, it can cause many troubles for users.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Air-travel is the most modern form of (19) transport and it (20) in the 20th century.
Millions of people use airplanes for a variety of reasons. It is also extremely
expensive to (21) air-travel facilities. Some travel for business, others go on holiday
(22) air and others use cargo planes to move their products from country to country
very (23). Some courier companies now have their own fleet of planes ready to carry
parcels and post more efficiently. There are different types of passenger services -
some are cheap and provide a 'no-frills' service which is good for short journeys.
Other airlines provide passengers with a luxurious flying experience. Airports are
getting busier and it is evident that (24) passengers and businesses than ever are
using airplanes to get to their destinations.
Question 19. A. main B. private C. public D. personal
Question 20. A. was developed B. is developed
C. developed D. will developed
Question 21. A. take off B. bring up C. set up D. look for
Question 22. A. in B. on C. by D. at
Question 23. A. quick B. quickly C. quicker D. quickness
Question 24. A. more B. less C. fewer D. much
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. He started learning French six years ago.
A. It is six years since he has learnt French.
B. He has learned French for six years.
C. He hasn’t learnt French for six years.
D. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
Question 26. “Why don’t you meet to discuss how to organise the fair?”
A. He suggested to meeting to discuss how to organise the fair.
B. He suggested that we shouldn’t meet to discuss how to organise the fair.
C. He suggested that we should meet to discuss how to organise the fair.
D. He suggested to meet to discuss how to organise the fair.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. When / her parents / come / home, / she / study / her room.
A. When her parents came home, she studied in her room.
B. When her parents were coming home, she was studying in her room.
C. When her parents were coming home, she studied in her room.
D. When her parents came home, she was studying in her room.
Question 28. I / sometimes come / see my friend / borrow/book
A. I came sometimes to see my friend and borrow a book.
B. I sometimes will come to see my friend and borrow a book.
C. I sometimes come to see my friend and borrow a book.
D. To see my friend sometimes I come to borrow a book.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. The shallow water is only for children.
B. Do not dive here.
C. Diving is allowed here, so you should dive into the water.
D. Swimming is not allowed here, so you cannot enter the water.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
From 1 October.
Please do not enter the pool

A. The before you have

pool is closed used the
on October 1st.
B. You need to wash before
shower. you swim.
C. There will be a new shower at the pool.
D. You must dry off before entering the pool.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Around the world, there are some jobs that may seem quite strange and surprising to
you.
A. Train pushers
In Japan, the railway system is huge and everyone there uses trains. This makes
them overcrowded most of the time. During rush hour, railway station attendants
called 'pushers' or 'oshiya' do the strangest job in the world - they push passengers
into trains. They have to do this because of the large number of commuters who wish
to arrive at their desired locations on time. That's why they must endure the pain of
squeezing themselves inside the train.
B. Cleaners of the world's highest building
Have you ever wondered how the world's tallest building, Burj Khalifa, in Dubai, is
cleaned? It takes a team of 36 window cleaners a total of three months to clean the s
tower's reflective windows. Working from a height of more than 800 metres, the
cleaners face huge challenges especially during bad weather. They must be the
bravest cleaners in the world.
C. Golf balls divers
Every year in the UK, millions of golf balls get lost in the water around golf courses.
This gave rise to the demand for golf ball divers whose job is to dive deep into the
lakes ' and ponds around golf courses to find the lost balls. Most of them are
professional scuba divers, but they spend long hours crawling around in mud and
carrying heavy buckets. On average, they find 5,000 balls per lake. After cleaning
them, they resell or recycle the balls. Sounds dangerous, doesn't it?
Question 31. Which best serves as the title for the passage?
A. Typical Jobs B. Well-paid Jobs
C. Unusual Jobs D. Low-paid Jobs
Question 32. The word overcrowded in paragraph A is CLOSEST in meaning to
_____.
A. packed B. sparse C. empty D. unlimited
Question 33. According to paragraph A, what do ‘oshiya’ do during rush hour?
A. They count the number of commuters.
B. They endure the pain inside the train.
C. They push passengers into trains.
D. They pay attention to each commuter.
Question 34. The word bravest in paragraph B is OPPOSITE in meaning to _____.
A. most dangerous B. most scared
C. most courageous D. happinest
Question 35. How long does it take to clean the building Burj Khalifa, in Dubai?
A. 800 days B. three months C. 36 weeks D. 5000 hours
Question 36. All of the following are said about golf ball divers EXCEPT _____.
A. the majority of them are professional scuba divers.
B. they resell or recycle the balls after cleaning them.
C. their job is to find lost golf balls underwater.
D. they earn a lot of money from their job.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
I live in a smalltown of Millbrook in the rolling hills of upstate New York. (37) _____.
Despite its small size, Millbrook has a rich history and vibrant cultural scene (38)
_____ on its charming Main Street. It is home to a diverse range of residents, from
young families to retirees, and boasts a strong sense of community spirit. Every year,
residents come together for events like the Millbrook Farmers Market and the
Millbrook Literary Festival, (39) _____. In spite of its rural setting, Millbrook is well-
connected to nearby cities like Poughkeepsie and New York City, making it an
attractive place to live for those seeking a peaceful retreat from urban life. (40)
_____.
A. It is a liveable community of just over 1,500 residents
B. Overall, Millbrook is a warm and welcoming community with a strong sense of
place and identity
C. which celebrate the town's agricultural heritage and literary tradition
D. with numerous galleries, restaurants, and boutiques
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 18
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. find B. think C. drive D. mind
Question 2. A. tense B. decision C. skill D. house
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. survive B. defend C. appeal D. struggle
Question 4. A. essential B. dangerous C. regular D. medical
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. She went to the bookshop ______ she wanted to buy a comic book.
A. although B. because C. despite D. because of
Question 6. London is a large city. Its ______ is smaller than Tokyo or Shanghai.
A. populate B. popular C. populous D. population
Question 7. My friends are interested ______ art and architecture.
A. up B. in C. from D. for
Question 8. He advised me ______ all the facts before doing the project.
A. considered B. considering C. consider D. to consider
Question 9. Can you speak ______ other languages?
A. few B. much C. some D. any
Question 10. Alexander Fleming, ______ discovered penicillin, received the Nobel
Prize in 1945.
A. that B. which C. who D. whom
Question 11. Antony has lived ______ Seoul for four years.
A. on B. in C. at D. of
Question 12. Nam: “I think we should all recycle our rubbish.” - Nick: “______.”
A. Yes, I agree B. Yes, I’m glad too
C. I’m fine thanks D. No, thanks
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Babysitter wanted
 for (13) ______ twins
 occasional weekday evenings for up to six hours. Would be suitable (14) ______ a
student with (15) ______ experience.
 £4.50 (16) ______ hour
 Phone Jane on 719 873 466
Question 13. A. 2-year-old B. 2-years-old C. two-years-old D. two year old
Question 14. A. with B. for C. in D. about
Question 15. A. little B. many C. some D. an
Question 16. A. an B. each C. every D. a
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Last night I had an amazing dream. ______
a. I was so happy because I could take a photo with him.
b. In my dream, while I was walking on the street, I met my idol, Hieu Thu Hai.
c. He was very friendly and handsome, and he also hugged me.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I was so scared that I shouted loudly.
B. Finally, I agreed to receive the gift and said thanks to him.
C. After that, I had a big breakfast with him.
D. Later I woke up and wondered if it was all a dream.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Over the last 5 years, more and more students from the school have taken part in
environmental projects, such as tree planting and improving the school grounds. But,
no matter how much we do, there's always more that can be done to (19) ______ the
place where we live.
This year students from the Conservation Club plan to work with local people to make
a community garden near the school. As Tim, a student, says: "No one (20) ______ to
live in an unattractive area. If we work together, we can turn these areas into spaces
that we can enjoy (21) ______ time in. "This kind of local action is not just about (22)
______ environment. It also helps people get to know (23) ______ neighbours and it
can help build strong communities.
If you core (24) ______ the state of your town and you are interested in taking port in
the project, please contact the school for further information.
Question 19. A. assist B. improve C. contribute D. enjoy
Question 20. A. stays B. stay C. wants D. want

B. ∅
Question 21. A. giving B. doing C. spending D. paying
Question 22. A. the C. a D. an
Question 23. A. her B. his C. its D. their
Question 24. A. at B. in C. about D. on
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Let’s help the homeless in the neighbourhood.” Maria said.
A. Maria suggested to help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
B. Maria suggested help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
C. Maria suggested helping the homeless in the neighbourhood.
D. Maria suggested having helped the homeless in the neighbourhood.
Question 26. He got up early in order to catch the plane.
A. He got up early but he missed catching the plane.
B. He got up early so that he could catch the plane.
C. He wanted to catch the train but he couldn’t get up early.
D. He never caught the plane as he got up early.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She / publish / first poem / time / eight
A. She was publishing her first poem by the time she is eight.
B. She published her first poem by the time she had been eight.
C. She had published her first poem by the time she was eight.
D. She has published her first poem by the time she has been eight.
Question 28. Suggest / we / improve / quality / tourism / services
A. It is suggested we must improve the quality of tourism services.
B. It is suggesting we need improve the quality of tourism services.
C. I suggest that we should improve the quality of tourism services.
D. I suggest that we will improve the quality of tourism services.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Only pets with short fur are allowed here.

B. No pets are allowed here unless you have permission.
C. Only big pets are allowed; small pets are not allowed.
D. Pets and other animals are not allowed here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Hounslow Cinema: Special Offer
Buy tickets to four films and you don't
need
A. You can watch up to
to pay forfour
thefilms
nextfor free.
one!
B. You must buy 5 tickets to get it free.
C. Cheap tickets are available for groups of four in the evenings.
D. The fifth film you see during the daytime is free.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Spoken by 68 million people in the world, Italian is the only official language of two
countries (Italy and...can you guess the second one? The answer is at the end of this
passage!) and one of the official languages of the European Union, the Vatican, and
Switzerland.
As we have mentioned before, from a linguistic perspective Italian is a neo-Latin
known as romance language, and its history is intertwined with poetry and literature.
We owe to Dante Alighieri and his Divina Commedia - written in his native Florentine
language - the standardisation of Italian, which soon became the commonly spoken
language among educated people all over the not-yet-become country.
Despite its celebrity, Italian is not the only language spoken in Italy. The Italian state
recognizes not less than 12 linguistic minorities, even though only three are actually
in use in public schools in the areas of interest: French in the Vailed Aosta, German in
the Bolzano province, and Slovenian in the Trieste province. In addition, Italy is the
land of another great linguistic abundance: dialects. According to the UN, 29
dialects are spoken in the country, with the National Statistic Institute estimating that
14% of Italians only speak a local dialect, and another 32,2% alternatively use Italian
and a dialect depending on context.
The mix of Italian and dialects is not only part of the daily lives of many Italians, but
also influences a big part of Italian literature both of ancient and modern times. Some
examples include Carlo Goldoni, Carlo Emilio Gadda or, more recently, Andrea
Camilleri, author of the Commissario Montalbano saga.
And now, the solution to our riddle is... the little Republic of San Marino! Did you
guess?
Question 31. What is the best title of the passage?
A. People in Italy and their customs
B. Italian language and literature
C. Italian is an international language
D. The most spoken language
Question 32. From a linguistic perspective, Italian is ______.
A. a Latin language B. romance language
C. intertwined with poetry D. Florentine language
Question 33. The word “celebrity” in the 3rd paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. speciality B. festivity C. popularity D. nationality
Question 34. The word “abundance” in the 4 paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning
th

to
A. shortage B. costume C. anxiety D. diversity
Question 35. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned?
A. There are other languages spoken in Italy.
B. Over one tenth of Italians only speak a local dialect.
C. Andrea Camilleri used dialects in his work.
D. Italian is an official language of the US.
Question 36. According to the passage, Italy is the only official language of Italy and
A. Republic of San Marino B. European Union
C. the Vatican D. Switzerland
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Edinburgh is the capital city of Scotland. It has enormous historical significance.
Located on the east coast of Scotland, Edinburgh proudly offers a window to the past.
For many people, this city is (37) ______.
Edinburgh has been Scotland's royal city since 1437. Most of Edinburgh's sights are
within two districts: the old town and the new town. The mediaeval Royal Mile
stretching for over a mile from Edinburgh Castle to the Palace of Holyrood house
dominates the city's central area. The Royal Mile is one of the largest, longest and
most splendid streets for buildings in Britain.
To millions of visitors, (38) ______. Princess Street is in Edinburgh's new town, directly
below the castle.
Next to Princess Street, in the shadow of Edinburgh Castle, lies the green Princess '
Street Gardens. (39) ______.
(40) ______. The world-famous Edinburgh Fringe Festival (a series of arts festivals
held in August) draws thousands and thousands of visitors to the city annually.
Therefore, Edinburgh is really a place no traveller should ignore.
A. This is one of the most delightful gardens in Britain
B. an exciting mix of something traditional and something modern
C. Edinburgh Castle is a must-see because there are many treasures
D. Edinburgh is also a cultural centre
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 19
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. please B. house C. mouse D. practise
Question 2. A. delicious B. facility C. city D. place
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. temple B. household C. account D. farmer
Question 4. A. importance B. violence C. buffalo D. grandparent
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Those fashionable jeans were expensive, _____?
A. were they B. was it C. weren’t they D. wasn’t it
Question 6. If I _____ you, I would take part in that English course.
A. will be B. were C. have been D. am
Question 7. He drives _____ than his younger brother so you can rely on him.
A. carefully B. the most carefully
C. more carefully D. as carefully
Question 8. She often plays _____ piano in her free time.
A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 9. I am the boy _____ is wearing a white T-shirt.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
Question 10. My memory is poor. I can’t learn these new words _____.
A. in mind B. in heart C. of mind D. by heart
Question 11. Hurry up, or you won’t _____ the last bus.
A. miss B. keep C. catch D. go
Question 12. Nam: “Would you like me to wash the dishes for you?”
Nick: “_____. That’s very kind of you.”
A. Yes, please B. No, you won’t
C. You’re right D. Nothing special
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Come and join our lunchtime yoga class with experienced yoga teacher Divya Bridge!
When? (13) _____ Tuesday at 1:30 p.m.
Where? (14) _____ Room 7
How much? £10 for four 30-minute classes
What to bring? (15) _____ clothes. Divya will provide the yoga mats
How to join? Write to Sam at [email protected]
We can only take a (16) _____ of 20 in the room, so book now!
Question 13. A. Each B. Most C. Every D. All
Question 14. A. the B. a C. an D. about
Question 15. A. fashionable B. comfortable C. expensive D. cheap
Question 16. A. minimum B. number C. maximum D.
minority
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
The One Pillar Pagoda is a historic Buddhist temple in Ha Noi. It is located in the
western part of the city, near Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum. _____
a. Months later, when the Queen gave birth to a boy, the Emperor ordered the
construction of a pagoda supported by only one pillar to look like the lotus seat in his
Í dream.
b. One night, he dreamt that he met a man, who was sitting on a great lotus flower in
a square-shaped pond on the western side of Thang Long Citadel and this man gave
the King a baby boy.
c. Legend has it that Emperor Ly Thai To of the Ly Dynasty, who had no children, used
to go to pagodas to pray to Buddha for a son.
A. a-c-b B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. One Pillar Pagoda is situated in Ba Dinh District, on a street named after the
pagoda itself.
B. The One Pillar Pagoda, also known by names such as Dien Huu Pagoda.
C. According to a theory, the pagoda was built in the style of a lotus emerging out of
the water.
D. The design of the One Pillar Pagoda is very special.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Different types of hobbies offer different types of benefits. First, if you are ( 19) _____
physical hobbies, for example, hiking, camping, swimming, yoga, you can increase
both your heart rate and brain function; lose weight, build muscle and (20) _____
bones. Second, it's advisable for you to spend your time on some hobbies like
gardening, listening to music, painting or drawing, cooking and photography because
they can improve your mental health, decrease stress by relaxing your mind after
daily life of hard work. Hobbies are also (21) _____ great way to socialize and expand
your relationship; to improve confidence level, boost self-esteem, and improve the
quality of life. Last but not least, some hobbies can provide a way to save or make
money. (22) _____, to save money you can refurbish items you find at a garage sale
or grow your own vegetables. To make money, you can sell the photographs you (23)
_____ or the cakes you bake.
Hobbies are essential to having a well-rounded life. Saving some time for yourself to
enjoy a hobby can provide the physical, mental, emotional, social and economic
benefits that make life (24) _____, relaxing, and fun!
Question 19. A. interest in B. keen to C. fond of D. crazy with

D. ∅
Question 20. A. upgrade B. strengthen C. reduce D. support
Question 21. A. a B. an C. the
Question 22. A. Therefore B. However C. Furthermore D. For
example
Question 23. A. make B.do C. take D. have
Question 24. A. the more meaningful B. the most meaningful
C. most meaningful D. more meaningful
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. It isn’t necessary to bring skis as they are included in the package.
A. You have to bring skis as they are included in the package.
B. You need to bring skis as they are not included in the package.
C. You must bring skis as they are not included in the package.
D. You don’t have to bring skis as they are included in the package.
Question 26. She hasn’t played the piano for five years.
A. The last time she played the piano five years ago.
B. She played the piano five years ago.
C. The last time she played the piano was five years ago.
D. She doesn’t play piano five years ago.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. You / go / the gym / twice / week / stay healthy.
A. You should to go to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
B. You ought go to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
C. You should go to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
D. You had better going to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
Question 28. I / interest / read / article / global wanning / the newspaper.
A. I was very interested to read your article about global wanning in die newspaper.
B. I was very interesting to read your article about global warming in the newspaper.
C. I was interested in reading your article of global wanning in the newspaper.
D. I was very interesting in reading your article of global wanning in the newspaper.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. The door should always be open and you should never lock.
B. You should always make sure to close the door after use.
C. Only close the door at specific times when allowed.
D. You should leave the door closed at all times.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Please turn off your phone during the
movie.
A. Keep your phone on.
This helps everyone enjoy the show.
B. Use your phone during the movie.
C. Turn off your phone while the movie is playing.
D. Leave your phone at home.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
There is a saying that if you have not visited Ha Long Bay, you have not yet been to
Viet Nam. On the other hand, we can say that if you have not visited Ha Long Bay,
you have not yet seen the most beautiful place in the world. It takes us around 4
hours by bus to travel 180 km from Ha Noi towards the northeast to Ha Long Bay.
Ha Long Bay has been twice recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site in 1994
and in 2000, and also that Ha Long Bay is in second place in the worldwide
competition of the World's Seven Natural Wonders. 1,969 limestone islands of
various shapes, sizes, and in different green and amazing colours rise above the sea
level in an area of more than 1,500 square kilometres that creates this world heritage
site. Ha Long Bay still keeps its historical and cultural values.
Ha Long Bay is attractive and beautiful throughout the four seasons: spring, summer,
autumn, and winter. Travelling on small sailboats among hundreds of limestone
islands, one may visit the amazing Surprise Cave, the floating fishing village, and see
how the locals live, which are top of the list of things to do here. On Titov Island, one
may swim and relax on the beach or enjoy a kayaking programme to the nearby
Luon Cave and much more.
The experience of visiting Ha Long Bay is unforgettable, where you will see
something that will stay in your mind and eyes for years. You will enjoy meeting
Vietnamese people and tasting their delicious food. You will have fresh air all day and
night, especially if you wake up early in the morning and watch the sunrise on the
deck coming slowly through the islands. Be sure not to miss visiting Ha Long Bay in
your lifetime.
Question 31. What is the possible title of the passage?
A. Experiences of visiting Ha Long Bay
B. The beauty of Ha Long Bay
C. The popularity of visiting Ha Long Bay
D. Ha Long Bay - A famous destination in Vietnam
Question 32. People spend about _____ to travel from Hanoi to Ha Long Bay by bus.
A. two hours B. three hours C. four hours D. five hours
Question 33. The word “various” in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _____.
A. different B. similar C. unique D. changeable
Question 34. One of the features of Ha Long Bay is _____.
A. 1,969 limestone islands of various shapes, sizes
B. hundreds of limestone islands in only green colour
C. the limestones are above the sea level in an area of more than 2000 square
kilometres
D. it is as attractive throughout the spring and summer
Question 35. As mentioned in the text, tourists can enjoy the following things when
travelling to Ha Long Bay except _____.
A. fresh seafood in the bay
B. a kayaking programme to the nearby Luon Cave
C. a luxurious cruise around Ha Long Bay
D. a small sailboat among hundreds of limestone islands
Question 36. The word “unforgettable” in paragraph 4 is CLOSEST in meaning to
_____.
A. usual B. memorable C. normal D. wonderful
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
I went to Singapore on my own for a ten-day summer course. There were about 15
students from China, Malaysia, Cambodia, India, and Iran in the course. We were all
so surprised about the cleanliness and discipline of the country. (37) _____. We
worked in groups of five from different countries to search for a location on a map
that the school staff gave us. The time we spent doing the activity together was
really memorable. (38) _____. After four hours of walking, taking the bus and metro
as well as getting lost, we arrived at the destination. Over the remaining days, (39)
_____. We worked on projects and culture workshops. We discussed and shared our
own traditions and customs. During the time here, we also visited the Botanic
Gardens, took photos in the orchard garden and explored Chinatown (40) _____. At
the weekend, we went to the Discovery Centre. We were impressed by the attraction
and interactive gallery as well as the brilliant learning experiences we had. After the
trip, I felt proud of myself for being able to go without my parents and leaving my
comfort zone.
A. we attended English lessons
B. On the second day of the course, we had special team-building activities
C. where we bought souvenirs for our parents and friends
D. We discussed how to find the place
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 20
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. change B. habit C. balance D. fatty
Question 2. A. design B. preserve C. physical D. basic
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. inform B. decide C. practice D. admit
Question 4. A. telephone B. tradition C. recycle D. achievement
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. If it snows this winter, we ______ skiing in the mountains.
A. went B. could go C. would go D. will go
Question 6. London ______ an underground train system since the nineteenth
century.
A. have had B. had C. has had D. has
Question 7. Excuse me? Can you ______ English?
A. speech B. speak C. speaking D. spoken
Question 8. The book ______ I like is on the table.
A. who B. whom C. which D. where
Question 9. The bus collects us ______ 5 o’clock.
A. at B. in C. on D. with
Question 10. The craft of conical hat making in Hue is usually ____ from generation
to generation.
A. dealt with B. lived on C. turned off D. passed down
Question 11. According to the weather ______, it will be raining tonight.
A. prediction B. information C. announcement D. forecast
Question 12. Mary: “Thank you for a lovely evening. - Peter: “______.”
A. You’re welcome B. Have a good day C. Cheers D. Thanks
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
The French teacher wanted to teach children (13) ______ the ages of 3 and 12.
Applicants (14) ______ have teaching experience. £15 (15) ______ hour. Company
LinguaFun is a language school that (16) ______ modern language classes to students
of all ages. Location: Singapore.
Question 13. A. between B. among C. in D. from
Question 14. A. should B. must C. may D. can
Question 15. A. the B. a C. each D. per
Question 16. A. sets up B. opens C. offers D. serves
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Origami is the art of paper folding. I love doing it on my own in my free time. ______
a. Furthermore, doing origami helps me to relax after school.
b. With just some sheets of paper, I can create almost anything: flowers, birds, or
fans.
c. Origami can help me boost my creativity.
A. b-a-c B. c-a-b C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Origami is the traditional Japanese art of paper folding.
B. In conclusion, making origami has several benefits beyond just creating beautiful
designs.
C. Next, origami requires a lot of patience and persistence.
D. I hope you enjoy learning how to do origami.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Online shopping Is one of the (19) ______ growing areas of the Net, which offers users
many (20) ______ over traditional shopping. Customers have access to a wider range
of the best goods than In any shopping centre; there are no queues or parking
problems shops are (21) ______ 24 hours a day and purchases are delivered to your
door. What's more, prices and competitive, and online price comparison services
enable you (22) ______ the most suitable items. (23) ______ sites search the net for a
product and then show you how much different online stores are charging. Once you
have decided what you (24) ______, and who you are going to buy It from, simply
click on the "add to shopping basket" icon on your smartphone.
Question 19. A. fastest B. faster C. fast D. most
fast
Question 20. A. disadvantages B. advantages C. problems D.
chances
Question 21. A. opening B. open C. opened D. to open
Question 22. A. find B. found C. finding D. to find
Question 23. A. Every B. Each C. Much D. A lot of
Question 24. A. are going to buy B. buy C. have bought D.
bought
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Antony has decided to study English. He wants to get a good job in
the future.
A. Antony decides to study English in order to he can get a good job in the future.
B. Antony decides to study English although he can get a good job in the future.
C. Antony has decided to study English so that he can get a good job in the future.
D. Antony decides to study English so as that he can get a good job in the future.
Question 26. “Can I have a day off tomorrow?” asked Emma.
A. Emma asked that she could have a day off tomorrow.
B. Emma asked if she can have a day off tomorrow.
C. Emma asked that if she could have a day off tomorrow.
D. Emma asked if she could have a day off the next day.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The / new / hospital / big / the / old.
A. The new hospital is not as big as the old one.
B. The new hospital is not bigger as the old one.
C. The new hospital is more bigger than the old one.
D. The new hospital is as big than the old one.
Question 28. It / take / me / one hour / go / work / bicycle.
A. It took me one hour to go to work by bicycle.
B. It took I one hour to go to work by bicycle.
C. It took me one hour going to work by bicycle.
D. It took my one hour to go work by bicycle.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Running is not encouraged here, so you should run as much as you can.
B. Running is allowed in some specific places, but not here.
C. Only children are allowed to run here; adults should walk.
D. Running is not allowed in this area, so you need to walk instead of running.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
The gym will be closed for
cleaning
A. The gym is open on Saturday.
on Saturday from 8 AM to 10 AM.
B. The gym opens early on Saturday.
C. The gym closes at 10 AM every day.
D. The gym is closed for cleaning on Saturday.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
President Ho Chi Minh was a great leader of Vietnam. He was born in 1890 in a small
village in central Vietnam. As a young man, he travelled to many countries to learn
about ' the world, and to find ways to vanquish the French colonial empire and the
American Empire, who attacked his country.
In 1945, Ho Chi Minh declared Vietnam's independence from France and became the
country's first president. He worked tirelessly to build a new Vietnam, one that was
free from foreign domination and that would provide a better life for all Vietnamese
people. Moreover, under Ho Chi Minh's leadership, Vietnam made great progress in
education. The literacy rate increased from just 10% in 1945 to over 90% by the time
of his death in1969.This was a remarkable achievement, especially given the
difficult situation that the country faced.
On the other hand, Ho Chi Minh was also a great diplomat. He was able to build
strong relationships with other countries which helped Vietnam to defend itself
against foreign attacks.
Today, Ho Chi Minh is remembered as a national hero in Vietnam. His image appears
on the Vietnamese currency, and many streets and buildings are named in his
honour. His spirit continues to inspire the Vietnamese people to work towards a
better future for their country.
Question 31. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. President Ho Chi Minh and his family background.
B. President Ho Chi Minh’s image on the Vietnamese currency.
C. Did Vietnam gain independence by itself?
D. President Ho Chi Minh’s great contributions to Viet Nam
Question 32. According to the passage, what did the French colonial empire and
American Empire do?
A. travelled to many countries B. attacked Vietnam
C. learnt about the world D. vanquished the country
Question 33. The word “vanquish” in the 1st paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to
______.
A. defeat B. resign C. bond D. rule
Question 34. According to the second paragraph, which of the following is NOT
true?
A. No one was the Vietnamese president before Ho Chi Minh.
B. Vietnam was declared to be independent from France in 1945.
C. Under Ho Chi Minh’s leadership, Viet Nam had a better education.
D. The illiteracy rate increased by around 80% before Ho Chi Minh’s death.
Question 35. The word “achievement” in the 2nd paragraph is OPPOSITE in
meaning to ______.
A. success B. account C. failure D. genius
Question 36. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that.
A. many streets are named Ho Chi Minh
B. President Ho Chi Minh is highly respected
C. there are many presidents in Vietnam
D. Vietnamese like their currency a lot
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
We went camping at Ba Vi National Park, 60 kilometres to the west of Ha Noi. Our
teacher chose this location as it is not far from Ha Noi and is (37) ______. It is home to
hundreds of wildlife species, so we had a chance to get into a real natural habitat.
We went there on a coach. We set off early and because the road was a bit bumpy
and tricky, we were tired when we arrived. After about two hours, we finally reached
the campsite in Ngoc Hoa cave area. (38) ______. We explored the rich nature in the
Botanical Garden, trying to take deep breaths of the fresh air and enjoying the
diversity of the flora there. We took photos of the places we saw. (39) ______. We sat
around the fire and sang and danced. We also had team-building activities, which
were exciting and memorable. On the next day, we went trekking to Thuong Temple -
a national cultural monument at Tan Vien Peak. We learnt much (40) ______ from our
guide.
We tried Lam rice, hill chicken and milk products - the specialities of the area. We
were so impressed by the trip's activities, scenery and the food of the area.
A. famous as a mountainous ecological tourism centre
B. about the culture associated with the legend Son Tinh and Thuy Tinh
C. At night, we burnt wood for a campfire.
D. We set up our camps before exploring the park.
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 21
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. leaf B. earth C. cream D. deal
Question 2. A. weather B. theory C. therefore D. neither
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. promote B. follow C. control D. accept
Question 4. A. domestic B. protection C. officer D. assistant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. The _____ language in Vietnam is Vietnamese.
A. nation B. national C. nationally D. nationality
Question 6. Tommy was very tired, _____ he tried to finish the final exam.
A. Although B. Despite C. However D. Because
Question 7. Our plane arrives in Hanoi at two o’clock in _____ afternoon.
A. the B. a C.  D. an
Question 8. Our office _____ by the workers yesterday.
A. is painting B. painted C. was painted D. paints
Question 9. My youngest brother is very fond _____ eating chips.
A. of B. about C. at D. with
Question 10. My grandfather _____ his workshop twenty years ago.
A. set up B. took off C. looked up D. put off
Question 11. The villagers will soon die because they _____ fresh water.
A. got out of B. ran out of C. grew out of D. made out
of
Question 12. Lan: “Thank you very much for a lovely party.” - Hoa: “_____”
A. Have a good day. B. Thanks.
C. Cheers. D. You are welcome.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Charles School
Learn English in one of our three schools for the best experience at the lowest (13)
_____. Choose from London, Oxford or Cambridge. Practise your English, (14) _____
friends and see England!
1. General English: Improve your speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Intensive course: 31 hours per week, Monday - Thursday 9 a.m.-5 p.m. and Friday
9 pm.-12 p.m.
3. Part-time course: 15 hours per week, Monday - Friday, mornings, afternoons (15)
____ evenings.
 Mornings: 9 a.m.-l 2 p.m.
 Afternoons: 2-5 p.m.
 Evenings: 5-8 p.m.
4. Exam preparation: Extra focus (16) _____ grammar and vocabulary, and exam
practice: 19 hours per week, Monday to Thursday 9 a.m.-1 p.m., Friday 9 a.m.-l 2
p.m.
Question 13. A. value B. expectation C. risks D. costs
Question 14. A. meet B. build C. keep D. make
Question 15. A. and B. or C. except D. include
Question 16. A. in B. on C. at D. with
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
We had an amazing time at the amusement park yesterday. Things didn't go exactly
as planned, however. _____
a. We were all set to ride the roller coaster, but then the ride broke down
unexpectedly, and we had to wait for over an hour for it to be fixed.
b. The day started off perfectly, with bright sunshine and everyone excited to have
fun.
c. It felt like we were waiting forever, but finally, the roller coaster started up again,
and we had a blast!
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Next, we tried out the other exciting rides, but they were all closed due to
technical issues.
B. In spite of the unexpected delay, it was still a memorable day out for the whole
family.
C. It was really hot, but luckily, the park had plenty of places to cool down and get
refreshments.
D. We were all exhausted after such a long day, but it was definitely worth it!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
The tourist industry (19) _____ to be the world's largest industry. The direct economic
impact of the industry, including accommodation, transportation, entertainment, and
attractions, is worth trillions of dollars every year. The statistics show that the
number of international tourist arrivals worldwide (20) _____ 1.04 billion in 2012.
Such large numbers of (21) _____, however, are beginning to cause problems. For
example, in the Alps, thousands of skiers (22) _____ the mountains they come to
enjoy. Even parts of Mount Everest in the Himalayas are reported to be covered with
old food tins, tents, and pieces of equipment that have been thrown away.
Now there is a new holiday guide called Holidays That Don't Cost the Earth. It
tells you how you can be a responsible tourist by (23) _____ your travel agent or your
tour operator the right questions before you (24) _____ a holiday.
Question 19. A. consider B. is considered C. are considered D. is
considering
Question 20. A. reached B. came C. went D. experienced
Question 21. A. tours B. touristic C. tourism D. tourists
Question 22. A. destroy B. will destroy C. are destroying D. destroyed
Question 23. A. ask B. to ask C. asked D. asking
Question 24. A. go B. book C. make D. stay
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. This comic book is really interesting. We have read it twice.
A. This comic book is such interesting that we have read it twice.
B. This comic book is too interesting that we have read it twice.
C. This comic book is so interesting that we have read it twice.
D. This comic book is interesting enough that we have read it twice.
Question 26. “Would you like to come out to dinner with me tonight, Jenny?” Paul
said.
A. Paul suggested that Jenny go out to dinner with him that night.
B. Paul insisted on Jenny going out to dinner with him that night.
C. Paul invited Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night.
D. Pau offered Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He / see / well / unless / he / wear / glasses.
A. He can’t see well unless he doesn’t wear his glasses.
B. He can see well unless he wears his glasses.
C. He can see well unless he doesn’t wear his glasses.
D. He can’t see well unless he wears his glasses.
Question 28. No mountain / Indochinese Peninsula / high / Fansipan.
A. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is as higher as Fansipan.
B. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is higher as Fansipan.
C. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is as high as Fansipan.
D. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is the highest Fansipan.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Overnight parking is not allowed, you have to pay extra.

B. You have to leave before dark.
C. Only employees are allowed to park here overnight.
D. Overnight parking here is free, so you can leave your car there all night.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Bring a notebook and a pen to the
workshop.
A. Bring a notebook and a pen because they are useful for you.
You will need them to take notes.
B. Bring a notebook and a pen in case you need to write down something
C. Don’t bring a notebook and a pen to the workshop because they will give you
there.
D. Buy a notebook and a pen and bring them to the workshop.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
I was born in Ha Noi, the capital of Viet Nam. Ha Noi is famous for its natural beauty,
with lots of rivers and lakes. There are many historical places to visit in Ha Noi. The
Literature Temple (Van Mieu - Quoc Tu Glam) is the country's first-ever historical
university. Teenagers often come here to pray for high results in their upcoming
examinations. As Viet Nam is a Buddhism-oriented nation, its capital has also been
the centre of Buddhism for centuries. In Ha Noi alone, there are about 600 temples
and pagodas. It also has a big church in the city centre, a popular place for the few
Christians living here. With a population of nearly eight million, the city is quite
crowded. However, the public transportation is not adequate, so visitors find it hard
to safely cross the roads. The city is packed with universities and enterprises, making
it the top destination for higher education students and labour workers. Many people
from rural areas reside in Ha Noi so that they can get well-paid jobs. This makes the
city become more crowded than ever before.
Question 31. What is the passage about?
A. a city B. changes in a city
C. a city in the past D. life in the countryside
Question 32. The word “popular” is in CLOSEST in meaning to _____.
A. interesting B. common C. unique D. quiet
Question 33. Teenagers often visit The Literature Temple because _____.
A. it is the country’s first ever historical university
B. they want to pray for high results in their upcoming examinations
C. it is famous for its natural beauty
D. it is packed with universities and enterprises, making it the top destination for
higher education students.
Question 34. What is the most popular religion in Ha Noi?
A. Buddhism B. Christianity C. Islam D. both A and B
Question 35. Why has the city become more crowded than ever before?
A. Hanoi is the top destination for higher education students and labour workers
B. There are some popular places for the few Christians living here
C. Many people from rural areas reside in Ha Noi to get well-paid jobs
D. Hanoi has also been the centre of Buddhism for centuries
Question 36. The word “rural” is OPPOSITE in meaning to _____.
A. urban B. countryside C. simple D. outskirts
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Stilt houses are popular among (37) _____, from the Thai in the Northern Highlands to
the Khmer in the Mekong Delta. The houses come in different sizes and styles, and
show the traditional culture of their owners.
Stilt houses are made from natural materials like wood, bamboo, and leaves. They
stand on strong posts, about two or three metres above the ground. (38) _____.
People climb a seven- or nine-step staircase to enter the house. The most important
place in the '! house is the kitchen. It has an open fire in the middle of the house.
(39) _____.
The stilt houses of the Tay and Nung usually overlook a field. The stilt houses of the
Thai, however, face mountains or a forest. The Bahnar and Ede have a communal
house (called a Rong house) as the heart of their village. These communal houses
(40) _____.
A. This allows them to keep people safe from wild animals
B. different ethnic minority groups
C. are the largest and tallest ones in the village
D. It is the place for family gatherings and receiving guests
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 22
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. aisle B. sail C. afraid D. straight
Question 2. A. iron B. celebrate C. parents D. restaurant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. doctor B. student C. advice D. parent
Question 4. A. different B. challenging C. successful D. practical
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.

D. ∅
Question 5. He was ______ first person to leave the meeting.
A. the B. an C. a
Question 6. You ______ pay attention in class if you want to understand the lesson
well.
A. would B. could C. might D. should
Question 7. We are going to donate ______ money to the local charity organisation.
A. few B. many C. some D. any
Question 8. They used ______ outdoors and under pressure when they lived in Tokyo.
A. to work B. worked C. to working D. work
Question 9. The city will have to find a solution to reduce traffic jams, ______?
A. will it B. won’t it C. won’t they D. will they
Question 10. Tet holiday is the most important ______ for Vietnamese people.
A. costume B. nation C. religion D. celebration
Question 11. Natural ______ cause a lot of damage for countries every year.
A. disasters B. features C. resources D. scenes
Question 12. Mary and her friend - Jane are talking about their plans for the
weekend.
Mary: “Why don’t we go to the cinema?” - Jane: “______”
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let’s!
C. I’d like it D. What play is it?
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Best Body Fitness
Best Body Fitness isn’t just (13) gym: it’s a full-service fitness membership made for
you.
It’s so EASY.
 Easy to start, stop, cancel or refund a membership
 Easy to access - we're (14) 24/7, we never close
 Easy to do exercise - we have (15) equipment, no long wait
 Easy results - our trainers and equipment give you success
 Easy to find - (16) the centre of town, near public transport and with parking

D. ∅
 Come and visit US for a personal tour!
Question 13. A. a B. an C. the
Question 14. A. open B. opened C. opening D. opens
Question 15. A. many B. lots of C. an D. any
Question 16. A. in B. at C. by D. on
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My family went to the beach for a day trip. ______
a. We built sandcastles, played beach volleyball, and even went for a swim in the
cool ocean water.
b. We packed a picnic basket filled with delicious sandwiches, snacks, and fruit.
c. As soon as we arrived, the sun was shining, and the beach was perfect for a
relaxing day.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We stayed at the beach until late in the afternoon, enjoying the beautiful sunset
before heading home.
B. The beach was crowded with people, but we found a nice spot to spread out our
towels.
C. It was a hot day, but the cool ocean breeze made it more enjoyable.
D. The kids loved playing in the sand and building sandcastles.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Ayers Rock, which was found for the first time by European explorers in 1873, is a
famous landmark (19) ______ the desert of central Australia. The original inhabitants
of this part of Australia, the Aborigines, call it Uluru. It is 348 metres high, 3.6
kilometres long and 1.9 kilometres wide. It is a beautiful red-brown colour, especially
when the sun (20) on it early in the morning and in the evening.
When tourists want (21) ______ Uluru, they often start 440 kilometres away in a town
called Alice Springs. People on these trips usually sleep outside under the stars, not
in tents (22) ______ it's more exciting. A fire keeps away snakes and (23) ______
animals during the night. And when the sun comes up in the morning, the view of
Uluru is amazing.
After breakfast, visitors often walk around the base of the rock. There are caves
around the base of the rock and inside them you (24) ______ see paintings. Some of
them are thousands of years old.
Question 19. A. next B. in C. front D. for
Question 20. A. look B. watch C. sits D. shines
Question 21. A. visit B. visited C. visiting D. to visit
Question 22. A. because B. moreover C. such D.
however
Question 23. A. another B. other C. an D. any
Question 24. A. ought B. can C. have D. are
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. I last met my grandparents five years ago.
A. I haven’t met my grandparents for five years.
B. I have met my grandparents for five years.
C. I often met my grandparents five years ago.
D. I didn’t meet my grandparents five years ago.
Question 26. People have reported that Thien Duong is the longest cave in Vietnam.
A. People report that Thien Duong has been the longest cave in Vietnam.
B. People reported that Thien Duong has been the longest cave in Vietnam.
C. It has been reported that Thien Duong is the longest cave in Vietnam.
D. It was reported that Thien Duong is the longest cave in Vietnam.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / please / you / work I hard.
A. I’m pleased for you working hard.
B. I’m pleased to you work hard.
C. I’m pleased that you are working hard
D. I’m pleasing that you are working hard.
Question 28. It / expensive dictionary / I / not / buy / it.
A. It is such an expensive dictionary that I couldn’t buy it.
B. It is so an expensive dictionary that I couldn’t buy it.
C. It is such expensive dictionary that I couldn’t buy it.
D. It is too expensive dictionary that I couldn’t buy it.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Children are welcome in this area.

B. The area is for people over 16 only.
C. Children are not allowed to run in this area.
D. Children can enter but must be accompanied by an adult.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please keep the noise to a

minimum in the library.
A. Do not listen to music in the library to keep it quiet.
B. Please be quiet in the library.
C. Watch movies with the volume at its highest.
D. Make noise when studying in the library.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Tet in Viet Nam starts with the first new moon, usually in late January or early
February. The celebrations usually last for three days. The Vietnamese celebrate Tet
with family gatherings, wonderful foods and lion dances. Let's take a look at some of
the traditions linked to Tet, the most popular festival in Viet Nam.
♦ Red is a bright, happy colour that keeps away bad spirits. That's why people
decorate their homes with red and yellow to bring good luck for the next year. Also,
parents and grandparents give children special lucky money in red envelopes.
♦ One thing people avoid during Tet is sweeping the house. Before Tet, the
Vietnamese clean their houses to clear out any bad luck from the previous year.
People finish cleaning before New Year's Day because they believe you'll brush away
your good luck if you sweep the house during Tet. People also buy branches of
apricot blossom or peach blossom, which symbolise a long life, to decorate their
houses.
Traditionally, people travel back to their hometowns to celebrate Tet with their family.
During their stay, they visit relatives and have large meals together. They wear
colourful new clothes to bring them good luck for the coming new year. They also
visit flower fairs s and calligraphy markets where calligraphers can write poems on
"giấy đỏ", wood or stone for them.
Question 31. What is the best title of the passage?
A. Family gatherings on Tet holidays
B. Tet in Viet Nam
C. Traditional celebrations in Viet Nam
D. Popular activities during Tet holidays
Question 32. According to the passage, how long does Tet usually last?
A. For a long time. B. For three days.
C. In early February D. In late January
Question 33. Why do people decorate their homes with red?
A. Because it can bring good luck for the next year.
B. Because it can bring bad luck for the next year.
C. Because it can keep away bad spirits.
D. Because it can give lucky money.
Question 34. The word “clear out” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. keep B. remove C. change D. clean
Question 35. Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Houses are decorated with branches of apricot blossom or peach blossom.
B. Apricot blossom and peach blossom symbolise a long life.
C. People finish cleaning their houses before New Year’s Day.
D. The Vietnamese clean their houses during Tet.
Question 36. The word “luck” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. blessing B. misfortune C. happiness D. wealth
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Stress is a normal part of teens' life; however, (37) ______. When you face stress, use
some of these strategies to manage it.
♦ Getting a good night's sleep: Teens need eight to ten hours of sleep a day, so get
enough sleep. (38) ______.
♦ Doing exercise: Doing enough physical exercise (39) ______. You should exercise for
at least 60 minutes a day.
♦ Talking it out: Talk about your stress to an adult. This person can be your teacher,
parent, or someone you trust.
♦ Writing about it: You can reduce your stress by writing down your problems. You can
also write about times you felt good and soon you will start to feel better.
♦ Going outside: (40) ______. Places with green trees and fresh air will make you feel
better.
A. too much stress can be dangerous
B. You will feel more relaxed if you spend sometime in nature
C. is important for teens
D. To make it easier, keep your smartphone away from your bed
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 23
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. angry B. educate C. stranger D. plane
Question 2. A. village B. dangerous C. garage D. passenger
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. provide B. pursue C. succeed D. broaden
Question 4. A. essential B. digital C. generous D. talented
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. They ______ tea when the doorbell ______.
A. has - was ringing B. were having – rang
C. had - rang D. having - ringing
Question 6. I’ve lived in this house ______ 1990.
A. from B. since C. for D. in
Question 7. According to our school’s regulations, students ______ use mobile
phones in class.
A. mustn’t B. shouldn’t C. needn’t D. won’t
Question 8. The students laughed ______ when they saw the monkeys eating
bananas.
A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. unhappy
Question 9. It’s very kind ______ you to help me.
A. to B. of C. with D. for
Question 10. Of the 4 kids, Julia is ______ and best at English.
A. more hard-working B. most hard-working
C. the most hard-working D. as hard-working as
Question 11. Local people often sell ______ like bracelets, scarves and hats to
tourists.
A. lacquerware B. artisans C. handicrafts D. sculptures
Question 12. Jack: “Well done! That’s a very nice picture! Tom: “______”
A. Thanks. It’s nice of you to say so. B. Wow. That’s incredible.
C. Yes. I think so too. D. Right. I’ve painted a nice picture.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Whether you're travelling to the islands or the mountains of Thailand, you're likely to
spend at least one night (13) ______ its capital city on the way. Bangkok might be
noisy and polluted, (14) ______ it's also an exciting city with (15) ______ things to see
and do. Why not (16) ______ it a longer stay?
Question 13. A. in B. on C. at D. of
Question 14. A. and B. so C. or D. but
Question 15. A. a few B. plenty of C. a great deal of D. most
Question 16. A. in B. at C. by D. on
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was excited to go to the zoo with my friends. ______
a. We spent hours watching the animals, learning about their habits and habitats.
b. We saw lions roaring, monkeys swinging through the trees, and elephants
munching on grass.
c. But when we arrived, we discovered that the zoo was surprisingly crowded
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. The zoo had many interesting exhibits, including a reptile house and an aviary
filled with colourful birds.
B. We learned a lot about animal conservation and the importance of protecting
endangered species.
C. Despite the crowds, it was a fun and educational day out, and I can’t wait to go
back again.
D. My favourite part was the giraffe enclosure, where we could get close to these
gentle giants.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Robotic restaurants
Nowadays, robots are so (19) ______ that they are used routinely to carry out many
tasks that people don't want to do because they are repetitive, dirty, or dangerous.
Robots can also be programmed to carry out (20) ______ jobs that are too complex for
humans. Robots most obviously impact everyday life, especially in the service
capacity. Japan leads (21) ______ world in robot technology by using robots in
restaurant kitchens to make sushi and chop vegetables. They are also important
earlier in food production, planting rice, and growing crops.
(22) ______, robots work as receptionists, cleaners, and drink servers. Some robots
specialise in (23) ______ coffee, starting with the beans, while others can be hired as
a waiter to (24) ______ drinks at parties or working behind a bar. The makers of such
robots claim savings of up to 20 percent on the cost of spilled drinks.
Question 19. A. helpless B. helpful C. dangerous D.
useless
Question 20. A. a B. any C. much D.

D. ∅
some
Question 21. A. the B. a C. an
Question 22. A. Additionally B. buy C. give D.
provide
Question 23. A. make B. to make C. making D. to making
Question 24. A. serve B. buy C. give D. provide
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. He is sorry he can’t speak English well.
A. He wishes he can speak English well.
B. He wishes he could speak English well.
C. He wishes he had spoken English well.
D. He wishes he would speak English well.
Question 26. The woman is too weak. She can’t lift the basket.
A. Although she is weak, she can lift the basket.
B. The woman is weak enough to lift the basket.
C. The woman is so weak that she can’t lift the basket.
D. The woman is weak in order to lift the basket.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Tom / give / new / mobile phone / 20th birthday.
A. Tom were given a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
B. Tom was gave a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
C. Tom was given a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
Tom given a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
Question 28. It / believe / that / New York / most expensive / city / the world.
A. It was believed that New York is the most expensive city in the world.
B. It is believed that New York is the most expensive city in the world.
C. It is believed that New York to be the most expensive city in the world.
D. It believed that New York is the most expensive city in the world.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You are free to eat or drink anything you like in this area whenever you want.
B. Eating and drinking are permitted only in this specific area and not outside of it.
C. Do not bring any food or drinks into this area at any time as it is not allowed.
D. Food and drink can only be consumed in this area during certain hours of the day.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Remember to bring your ID card when you enter the
building.
A. Leave your ID card at home
You will need it to go through security.
B. No ID card required
C. Show your ID card upon entry
D. Bring your ID card for security check
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Motorists in China are experiencing a traffic jam from hell. Thousands of drivers have
been stuck in their cars for ten days on the Beijing-Tibet Expressway just outside the
Chinese capital. The gridlock started on August 14th when roadworks began. The bad
news is that the chaos will continue for another month. The tailbacks stretch back for
100km. The situation has been made worse by dozens of cars breaking down or
overheating. Around 400 traffic police have been assigned to patrol the jam to make
sure tensions don't rise too far. The horrendous snarl-up is the result of the
explosion in the s number of cars on Chinese roads. As China becomes wealthier,
more people are buying cars, thus causing more traffic problems.
Drivers trapped in the traffic jam know they have to be patient and sit for long hours
in their cars. There are no showers for them to use and if they need to use a toilet,
they have to lock their car and wander off to the nearest café. There are many
complaints of local people taking advantage of the stranded motorists by charging
them more than double prices for drinks and snacks. People are keeping themselves
busy by playing cards or board games. Some have reported feeling homesick. One
truck driver Juang Shao expressed his frustration over the situation: “I’ve missed my
daughter's birthday and the food in my truck has probably turned into soup," he said.
He said he was worried his truck could be stuck in the traffic forever.
Question 31. What caused traffic congestion on those days?
A. roadworks B. the Beijing-Tibet Expressway
C. the gridlock D. the tailbacks
Question 32. How many traffic police patrol the gridlock?
A. 100 B. 200 C. 300 D. 400
Question 33. What do drivers have to do when they are stuck in the traffic jam?
A. be impatient B. lock their cars
C. play cards or board games D. be patient
Question 34. Which of the following happened in the gridlock EXCEPT ______.
A. people who live near the jam are making money from those stranded.
B. drivers kept themselves busy by playing cards or board games.
C. some people felt homesick.
D. there was a truck which was stuck in the traffic forever.
Question 35. The word “tensions” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. calmness B. relaxation C. pleasure D. stress
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The worst traffic jam in China
B. The disadvantages of traffic jams
C. How to survive in a heavy traffic jam
D. Ten-day Chinese Traffic Jam
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
I feel fortunate that I am living in a peaceful village in southern Viet Nam. The
scenery 2 here is beautiful and (37) ______. The houses are surrounded by green
trees. There are 5 lakes, ponds, and canals here and there. The air is fresh and cool.
(38) ______. The people work very hard. They grow vegetables, cultivate rice, and
raise cattle. At harvest time, they use combine harvesters to harvest their crops. (39)
______. Others live by fishing in lakes, ponds, and canals. Life in the village is very
(40) ______. They play traditional games. Sometimes they help their parents pick fruit
and herd cattle.
A. Life here seems to move more slowly than in cities
B. picturesque with vast fields stretching long distances
C. comfortable for children
D. Many families live by growing fruit trees in the orchards
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 24
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. sign B. shift C. gift D. king
Question 2. A. feature B. culture C. tradition D. statue
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. intend B. install C. follow D. decide
Question 4. A. humorous B. essential C. dangerous D. regular
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. The kids were still playing football ______ the heavy rain.
A. despite B. in spite C. although D. because of
Question 6. She was ______ that she always came top of the class.
A. so clever B. too clever C. such clever D. clever enough
Question 7. Do you mind if I turn ______ the TV? I want to watch the news.
A. off B. out C. down D. on
Question 8. You don’t seem very ______ in the movie. Don’t you like it?
A. interested B. interesting C. interest D. interestingly
Question 9. If the weather ______ worse, we won’t go to the beach.
A. gets B. will get C. got D. would get
Question 10. English is his ______ tongue. Besides, he can speak French and
Spanish.
A. mother B. language C. country D. nation
Question 11. My sister will ______ my children when I am on business.
A. go down B. get off C. turn on D. look after
Question 12. Mrs. White: “Thank you very much for helping the disadvantaged
children here!”
The volunteers: “______”
A. What a pity! B. It’s our pleasure.
C. Sorry, we don’t know D. That’s nice of you.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. We have (13) ______ at JFK airport (14) ______
New York, where the local time is 18:30 and the temperature is 76°. We hope you
(15) ______ your flight with American Airlines this evening (16) ______ wish you a very
safe journey to your final destination.
Question 13. A. departed B. taken off C. reached D. landed
Question 14. A. in B. at C. on D. into
Question 15. enjoyed B. have enjoyed C. will enjoy D. enjoy
Question 16. A. so B. but C. and D. nor
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was nervous about my first day at a new school. ______
a. My classmates were friendly and welcoming, making me feel comfortable in no
time.
b. I was worried about meeting new people and making friends in a completely
unfamiliar environment.
c. To my surprise, the day turned out to be much better than I expected.
A. b-c-a B. c-a-b C. a-b-c D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I quickly realized that starting a new school can be exciting and full of new
opportunities.
B. I made sure to put a smile on my face, and it made a difference in how others
interacted with me.
C. The teachers were kind and helpful, making the transition much easier.
D. The first day was definitely challenging, but I learned to adapt and overcome my
fears.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
What makes a good language learner?
- Don't be afraid of making mistakes. Good language learners notice their mistakes
and learn from (19) ______.
- Do group activities. A good language learner always (20) ______ opportunities to
have a talk with other students.
- Make notes during every class. Notes help you (21) ______ new language. Look at
your notes when you do your homework.
- Use a dictionary. Good language learners often use dictionaries to (22) ______ words
they don't know. They also make their own vocabulary lists.
- Do extra practice. Test and improve your language, reading and listening skills with
self-study materials. You (23) ______ find a lot of them online.
- Enjoy learning. Watch a TV series or films, listen to songs, play video games (24)
______ read books in the language you are learning. It's never too late to become a
good language learner.
Question 19. A. her B. him C. you D.
them
Question 20. A. looks at B. looks for C. picks up D. turns down
Question 21. A. to remember B. remembering C. remembered D. to
remembering
Question 22. A. look B. support C. lose D. check
Question 23. A. must B. should C. may D. can
Question 24. A. and B. so C. or D. but
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “If I were you, I would take a break,” Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy.
B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break.
D. Tom offered Daisy to take a break.
Question 26. We broke the computer. It belongs to my father.
A. We broke the computer which it belongs to my father.
B. We broke the computer who belongs to my father.
C. We broke the computer which belongs to my father.
D. We broke the computer, that belongs to my father.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / have / an / exciting / holiday / before.
A. I have had such an exciting holiday before.
B. I have never have such an exciting holiday before.
C. I never had such an exciting holiday before.
D. I have never had such an exciting holiday before.
Question 28. It / difficult I exercise / we / could / not / do / it.
A. It was so a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
B. It was too a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
C. It was such difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
D. It was such a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Drinking alcohol is not safe when you are driving a car or other vehicles.
B. You can drive a car if you drink only a little alcohol and feel okay.
C. It is good to drink water while driving so you stay awake and safe.
D. You should only drive if you have not had any alcohol to drink.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
“Attention, all students! Please note that our library will
now open at 10:00 AM and close at 6:00 PM, Monday
through Friday.
A. Change in the library’s hours on weekends.
Our weekend hours remain the same. Thank you for your
B. Change in the library’s location.
C. Change in the library’s opening and closing times on weekdays.
D. Change in the library’s phone number.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Some doctors think that you should drink a glass of water each morning because of
its importance to your body. You should drink this water first thing before doing
anything else. The temperature of the water should be similar to body temperature;
neither too hot nor too cold.
Water helps clean out your kidneys. It prepares your stomach for digestion. Water
can also help your intestines work better. After drinking water, the intestines can
more easily take out nutrients from our food. Water also helps us go to the bathroom
more easily.
Scientists suggest that people take in 1,600 millilitres of water each day. However,
don't drink all of that water in one sitting. If you do, your kidneys will have to work
much harder to eliminate it. It's better to drink some in the morning and some in
the afternoon. Some people think it's better to drink between meals and not during
meals. They think water dilutes the juices produced in our stomachs. This can
interfere with I normal digestion.
Question 31. The reason why people ought to drink water every morning is that.
A. it is important to the body
B. its temperature is similar to body temperature
C. it is the first thing to do before doing anything else
D. it helps us avoid being thirsty
Question 32. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 2 as the part of
the body that water is good for?
A. kidneys B. stomach C. livers D. intestines
Question 33. Scientists suggest that people drink ______ of water each day.
A. 16 millilitres B. 16000 millilitres
C. 160 millilitres D. 1600 millilitres
Question 34. The word “take in” in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. consume B. save C. use D. collect
Question 35. The word “eliminate” in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. remove B. delete C. process D. keep
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The best amount of water to drink B. The importance of water
C. How to drink water properly D. The advice for the doctors
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Some teenagers enjoy spending free time with their friends. Others prefer doing
leisure activities with their family members. I love spending time with my family (37)
______.
At the weekend, we usually go for a bike ride. (38) ______. We take photos and look at
them later. My big brother and I are also into cooking. My brother looks for easy
recipes. After that, we prepare the ingredients and cook. Sometimes the food is good,
but sometimes it isn't (39) ______. The leisure activity I like the most is doing DIY
projects with my mum. She teaches me to make my own dresses and doll clothes.
(40) ______. Once I won the first prize in a costume contest at my school.
A. We cycle to some nearby villages to enjoy the fresh air
B. On special occasions, we make special dresses together
C. because it's a great way to connect with them
D. nevertheless, we love whatever we cook
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 25
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. pastureB. acquaintance C. constant D. talkative
Question 2. A. with B. brother C. though D. thousand
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. label B. luxury C. receive D. model
Question 4. A. charity B. energy C. separate D. pollution
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. He was advised that he ______ singing lessons.
A. should take B. will take C. had taken D. took
Question 6. She can’t buy that book because she has ______ money.
A. a lot of B. many C. much D. little
Question 7. She ______ a postcard when the telephone rang.
A. wrote B. was written C. was writing D. has written
Question 8. I’m learning English ______ I want to get a good job after school.
A. but B. because C. so D. although
Question 9. Let’s go to the library, ______?
A. shall we B. will we C. would we D. should we
Question 10. To save money, we should ______ the amount of energy used in our
homes.
A. reduce B. increase C. stop D. leave
Question 11. I think I lost my key. I’ve ______ it everywhere but I can’t find it.
A. looked out B. looked for C. looked after D. looked in
Question 12. Jim: “What about collecting used paper, bottles and plastic bags every
day?”
Ha and Mai: “______”
A. Because they can pollute the environment.
B. I think so. Who can do that?
C. That’s a very good idea. Let’s do that.
D. What about this weekend?
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Single ensuite room available in our lovely (13) ______ house in Didsbury. Five-minute
walk from the city centre. Move in from 1 June. (14) ______ kitchen and living room
with two (15) ______ housemates, no parking, £600 a month excluding bills. (16)
______ pets. Contact 07890 123456 for viewing.
Question 13. A. three bedrooms B. three bedroom C. three-bedrooms D.
three-bedroom
Question 14. A. Common B. Shared C. Similar D. Used
Question 15. A. girl B. lady C. elder D. female
Question 16. A. None B. A C. No D. Some
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My family decided to go on a camping trip in the mountains. ______
a. We roasted marshmallows over the campfire, told stories, and enjoyed the
peaceful atmosphere under a sky full of stars.
b. We arrived at the campsite and set up our tent, eager to explore the beautiful
surroundings.
c. The drive was long and winding, but the scenery was breathtaking, with lush
forests and towering peaks.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. The camping trip was a perfect opportunity to disconnect from the hustle and
bustle of everyday life.
B. We woke up early to hike to the top of a nearby mountain, where we had stunning
views of the valley below.
C. We learned how to build a campfire and cook our meals over the open flames,
which was a new and exciting experience.
D. We even saw some wild animals, like deer and squirrels, roaming freely in the
woods.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Every Vietnamese child dreams (19) ______ an amazing Mid-Autumn Festival with his
or her own brightly lit lantern and moon cakes. Mid-Autumn Festival is also (20)
______ in Viet Nam as the “Children's Festival”. While the Mid-Autumn Festival is
celebrated in many Asian countries, the Vietnamese version has its own (21) ______
and legends. Our best-known tale is about a man named Cuoi who hung on to a
magical banyan tree as it floated up to the moon. We say that if you look closely at
the full moon, you can see the shadow of a man sitting under a tree. Children parade
lanterns in the streets (22) ______ the night of Mid-Autumn Festival to help light the
(23) ______ to the earth for Cuoi from the moon. Lion dancing is an essential part of
the Mid-Autumn festival. Groups of children gather, each (24) ______ a red lantern.
Everyone sings along and feels so happy.
Question 19. A. about B. with C. of D. for
Question 20. A. said B. spoken C. known D. held
Question 21. A. traditions B. traditional C. traditionally D. tradition
Question 22. A. on B. at C. into D. for
Question 23. A. tour B. move C. travel D. way
Question 24. A. carries B. transports C. takes D. delivers
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. You don’t take any exercise. You feel unhealthy.
A. If you don’t take any exercise, you will feel healthy.
B. If you took more exercise, you would feel healthier.
C. If you take more exercise, you will feel healthier.
D. If you were healthier, you would take more exercise.
Question 26. They will fly to the USA. They used to live there.
A. They will fly to the USA, where they used to live there.
B. They will fly to the USA, which they used to live.
C. They will fly to the USA, that they used to live.
D. They will fly to the USA, where they used to live.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / spend / 4 hours / read / first / chapter / the book.
A. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book.
B. I spent 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
C. I spent 4 hours to reading the first chapter of the book.
D. I spent 4 hours read the first chapter of the book.
Question 28. I / wish / I / can / cook / well / as / mom.
A. I wish I could cook as well as my mom.
B. I wish I can cook as well as my mom.
C. I wish I could cooked as well as my mom.
D. I wish I can cook as better as my mom.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Leave your trash in the designated bins provided in the area.
B. Take your trash with you when you leave this place.
C. Only take your trash with you if it is recyclable.
D. You can leave your trash in any area around here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
ADVENTURE PARK
Half-price tickets for groups of 12 or
moreof 12.
A. Only discount for groups
B. Going alone will
Askcost
at more.
entrance
C. You will have more fun with friends
D. Going with a group of 12 will get a discount.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The teddy bear is a child's toy, a nice soft stuffed animal suitable for cuddling. It is,
however, a toy with an interesting history behind it.
Theodore Roosevelt, or Teddy as he was commonly called, was the president of the
United States from 1901 to 1909. He was an unusually active man with varied
pastimes, one of which was hunting. One day the president was invited to take part
in a bear hunt and as Teddy was President, his hosts wanted to ensure that he caught
a bear. A bear was captured, and tied to a tree; however, Teddy, who really wanted to
hunt a bear, refused to shoot the bear and, in fact, demanded that the bear be
extricated from the ropes; that is, he demanded that the bear be set free. \
The incident attracted a lot of attention among journalists. First a cartoon drawn by
Clifford K. Berryman to make fun of this situation appeared in the Washington Post, '
and the cartoon was widely distributed and reprinted throughout the country. Then
toy Ỉ manufacturers began producing a toy bear which they called "teddy bear". The
teddy bear became the most widely recognised symbol of Roosevelt's presidency.
Question 31. According to the first paragraph, what is a teddy bear?
A. A toy B. A gentle animal
C. The US president D. A famous hunter
Question 32. The word “pastimes” in the passage is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. past events B. leisure activities
C. previous jobs D. hunting trips
Question 33. Which of the following is true, according to the second paragraph?
A. Theodore Roosevelt’s only pastime was hunting
B. Theodore Roosevelt actually caught a bear.
C. The bear that Theodore caught was tied to a tree.
D. Theodore wanted the bear to be set free.
Question 34. The word attention" in the passage is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. concern B. care C. concentration D. ignorance
Question 35. What does the teddy bear symbolise?
A. the freedom of a bear B. Roosevelt’s presidency
C. Roosevelt’s hobby D. a famous cartoon
Question 36. The text most likely discusses ______.
A. president Roosevelt’s pastimes B. the fun of hunting
C. the history of a popular toy D. toy manufacturing
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Digital technologies have remarkably changed teenagers' life and work both
positively and negatively. According to UNICEF, 71% of 15-24-year-olds are online and
(37) ______.
(38) ______. They have various devices like computers, tablets, smartphones, and
applications to improve the ways they learn, broaden their relationships, and spend
their leisure time. They have more opportunities to learn, get access to information,
and use different communication channels inexpensively.
(39) ______. First, there is a concern about children's physical and mental health.
Statistics show that teens spend less time doing physical activities, and (40) ______,
bone and eye problems. Moreover, teens are also at risk of visiting websites which
promote self-harm or suicide. In fact, cyber-bullying on the Internet has become more
serious than bullying at school.
Schools and parents should guide children so that they can use devices wisely and
not become victims of those devices and technologies.
A. Teenagers benefit from the advances in technology
B. many more teens suffer from obesity
C. However, they also face many risks
D. one third of Internet users are under 18 years old
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 26
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. beach B. meat C. seat D. weather
Question 2. A. cavern B. citadel C. complex D. contestant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. teacherB. lesson C. action D. police
Question 4. A. difficult B. relevant C. volunteer D. interesting
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Peter suggests that his sister ______ to the seaside in the summer.
A. going B. to go C. went D. should go
Question 6. It took them at least two month ______ show to pronounce these words.
A. to learn B. learning C. learnt D. learn
Question 7. It’s very hot today. I wish I ______ on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
Question 8. Lucia cannot remember the name of the restaurant ______ she ate her
favourite Pho.
A. which B. whose C. whom D. where
Question 9. ______ the heavy rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
A. Although B. Despite C. In spite D. Because
Question 10. There weren’t ______ eggs left for the people who had breakfast at
9:30 a.m.!
A. some B. much C. any D. a little
Question 11. Susan is very ______ of telling other people what to do.
A. interested B. fond C. keen D. excited
Question 12. Peter: “Would you like some more tea?” - John: “______.”
A. Yes, please B. Yes, you would C. No, I won’t D. No, please
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Subject: Courses in August
Dear Sir or Madam,
I (13) ______ your website and I would like to know more about your English courses.
I am interested in (14) ______ a (15) course in August. Are there any places available,
and what are the start dates?
Also, do you have (16) ______ accommodation for those dates?
Thank you for your help.
Regards,
Simona
Question 13. A. saw B. am going to see C. had seen D.
have seen
Question 14. A. taking B. doing C. sitting D. making
Question 15. A. two-weeks B. two weeks C. two-week D.
two week
Question 16. A. some B. an C. any D. a little
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
a. My friend and I went to the park for a fun afternoon. ______
b. We laughed and ran around the tree, enjoying the fresh air and sunshine.
c. We found a shady spot under a big tree and had a picnic lunch.
It was a beautiful day, and the park was filled with people enjoying the warm
weather.
A. a-c-b B. c-b-a C. b-c-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We played some fun games like tag and frisbee, and even rode our bikes around
the park.
B. The park had a playground with swings, slides, and a climbing frame, where we
had a blast.
C. We saw lots of kids playing, families having picnics, and even some dogs running
around.
D. It was a relaxing and enjoyable afternoon, and we felt happy and refreshed when
we went home.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
People who use the Internet too much may have mental health problems. They may
have problems if they cannot get online regularly. A survey from a Canadian
university looked at the Internet (19) ______ of 254 students and their mental health.
Researchers said 107 students were addicted or had problems like depression or
anxiety (20) ______ their Internet addiction. We know little about the dangers of it
and need to do more research.
A researcher explained (21) ______ problems there are. He said: "We found that
students addicted to the Internet had significantly more trouble (22) ______ with their
day-to-day activities, (23) ______ life at home, at work or at school." He added:
"People with Internet addiction also had significantly higher amounts of depression,
and problems (24) ______ time management." We also need to find out if mental
health problems cause Internet addiction.
Question 19. A. habits B. traditions C. customs D. lifestyles
Question 20. A. instead of B. because of C. thanks to D. in addition
Question 21. A. which B. that C. what D. whether
Question 22. A. dealing B. deal C. to deal D. to dealing
Question 23. A. making B. including C. counting D.
excluding
Question 24. A. for B. about C. of D. with
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Peter tried his best. He couldn’t win the match.
A. Peter tried his best, and he couldn’t win the match.
B. Peter tried his best, so he couldn’t win the match.
C. Peter tried his best, but he couldn’t win the match.
D. Peter tried his best, or he couldn’t win the match.
Question 26. “What about helping the homeless in the neighbourhood?” Maria said.
A. Maria suggested letting help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
B. Maria suggested helping the homeless in the neighbourhood.
C. Maria advised to help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
D. Maria reminded to help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They / use / go / school / bike / they / young.
A. They used go to school by bike when they were young.
B. They used to going to school by bike when they were young.
C. They used to go to school by bike when they were young.
D. They used to went to school by bike when they are young.
Question 28. new / computer / expensive / he / not / buy / it.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. The new computer is such expensive that he cannot buy it.
C. The new computer is too expensive that he can buy it.
D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Loud music can be played at any time during the night.

B. Only classical music is permitted to be loud after 9 PM.
C. You are allowed to play loud music only before 9 PM.
D. Make sure to keep the music quiet after 9 PM.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Please try to return books to the correct
shelf.
A. Put books back in the correct place.
Thank you.
B. Bring books back at the correct time.
C. Leave the books on the floor after using them.
D. Return books to any shelf, as it does not matter where.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Unlike life in the countryside, which is often considered to be simple and traditional,
life in the city is modern and complicated. People from different regions move to
cities in the hope of having a better life for themselves and their children. With plenty
of job opportunities available in the city, the inhabitants work as secretaries,
businessmen, teachers, government officials, factory workers, street vendors or
construction workers s and so on.
The high cost of living requires city dwellers, especially those with low income, to
work harder or to take part-time jobs. For many people, daily life typically involves
getting up in the early morning to do exercise in public parks, preparing for a hard
day of working and studying, then travelling along crowded boulevards or narrow
streets filled with motor scooters and returning home late at night. They usually live
in large houses, high- \ rise apartment blocks or even in small rental rooms equipped
with modern facilities, like the Internet, telephone, television, and so on.
Industrialization and modernization, as well as global integration, have big impacts
on lifestyle in cities. The most noticeable impact is the Western style of clothes. The
Ao dai, Vietnamese traditional clothes - is no longer regularly worn in Vietnamese
women's daily life. Instead, jeans, T-shirts and fashionable clothes are widely
preferred.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Life in the city
B. Advantages of living in the city
C. Differences between country life and city life
D. Typical life of a city dweller
Question 32. The word “available” in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. convenient B. free C. limited D. beneficial
Question 33. The most important reason why people move to the city is ______.
A. to have busy days B. to take part-time jobs
C. to look for a better life D. to look for a complicated life
Question 34. According to the passage, city life can offer city dwellers all of the
following things EXCEPT ______.
A. the Internet
B. friendly communication with neighbours
C. a variety of jobs in different fields
D. modem facilities
Question 35. Industrialization and modernization may lead to ______.
A. the disappearance of Western-styled clothes
B. changes in lifestyles
C. the fact that women no longer wear Ao dai
D. global integration
Question 36. The word “impact” in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. effect B. action C. situation D. force
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
I recently purchased a robot vacuum cleaner. It is a compact, disc-shaped machine
(37) ______. It can move around spaces and avoid obstacles like furniture, walls, and
stairs thanks to an array of sensors. My robot vacuums up dirt and debris from
carpets, rugs, and hard floors using suction power and rotating brushes.
My robot is programmed to operate according to a set timetable, allowing it to clean
my house while I am away. The robot is equipped with a charging dock, (38) ______.
(39) ______. In addition to receiving notifications and updates on the robot's cleaning
progress, these features enable me to start, stop, and schedule cleaning sessions
remotely.
(40) ______. It gives me a hands-free way to keep my house clean and tidy.
A. My vacuum cleaner robot also features Wi-Fi connectivity and a smartphone app
for operation
B. that is designed to clean floors automatically
C. Overall, my vacuum cleaner robot is a practical and time-saving
D. which it can automatically return to when it needs to recharge its batteries
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 27
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mood B. tool C. flood D. soon
Question 2. A. warm B. wrong C. weak D. wide
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. explore B. follow C. install D. invest
Question 4. A. electric B. computer C. fascinate D. fantastic
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. How ______ does it cost you to buy a ticket for this concert?
A. many B. often C. long D. much
Question 6. Some students in my class would like ______ sports.
A. played B. playing C. play D. to play
Question 7. John told me to wait for him ______ the coffee shop.
A. in B. at C. on D. of
Question 8. This is the first time I ______ volunteer work in our community.
A. have done B. do C. would do D. did
Question 9. Jack is not ______ Linda because she always has the quickest answers.
A. as intelligent than B. more intelligent as
C. the most intelligent D. as intelligent as
Question 10. Sam is ______ young to live alone aboard.
A. too B. enough C. so D. such
Question 11. You ______ cut down on fast food, or else you will get fat quickly.
A. should B. can C. must D. may
Question 12. Jacob is talking to Rosie after the Spanish speaking contest.
Jacob: “Congratulations on winning the first prize!” - Rosie: “______”
A. What can I do for you? B. What a pity!
C. You’re welcome. D. Thank you so much.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Hi Sunny!
How are you?
We (13) ______ to Singapore, so I wanted to ask your advice on what we should do
(14) ______ we're there. What shouldn't we miss? We’ll have our two kids aged 6 and
8 with us, so ideally we want to do things we can enjoy as a family.
We've already got a hotel booked in Marina Bay, and we arrive (15) ______ 12 May for
a week.
I hope you're around, so we can (16) ______!
See you soon,
Janet
Question 13. A. will come B. come C. have just come D. are coming
Question 14. A. while B. during C. as D. when
Question 15. A. at B. in C. on D. about
Question 16. A. see in B. meet up C. turn up D. get over
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was so excited to go to the amusement park with my friends. ______
a. We rode the roller coasters, went on the Ferris wheel, and played games in the
arcade.
b. The park was crowded with people, but we still had a blast.
c. We arrived at the park and were greeted by the sights and sounds of excitement
and laughter.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-a-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We ate delicious snacks like cotton candy and popcorn, and drank refreshing
lemonade.
B. We even won a giant stuffed animal at the shooting game, which made me so
happy!
C. We laughed and screamed with joy as we rode the thrilling rides.
D. The amusement park was definitely a great place to have fun and let loose.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Britain will soon ban smoking in cars with children. Britain's government wants (19)
______ the harm cigarette smoke does to children. New laws will cut the chances of
children passive smoking. This is when someone breathes in the smoke from other
people's cigarettes. Many studies say passive smoking can almost be as (20) ______
as actually smoking a cigarette. The British government says that it has looked at
searches pointing out that children (21) ______ sit in smoke-filled cars have health
problems. It is particularly bad in cars because there is so little space, so the car fills
(22) ______ smoke very quickly. Everyone agrees with the new law. Some lawmakers
argue that it takes away the freedom for people to smoke in their own car. ( 23)
______, Britain's health minister states that the health of children is (24) ______ than
the freedom to smoke.
Question 19. A. reduce B. to reducing C. to reduce D. reducing
Question 20. A. harmful B. heavy C. harmless D. careless
Question 21. A. whom B. who C. where D. when
Question 22. A. about B. of C. in D. with
Question 23. A. Moreover B. However C. Thus D. But
Question 24. A. as important as B. important
C. most important D. more important
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. It rained heavily. The match was cancelled.
A. Because the heavy rain, the match was cancelled.
B. In spite of the heavy rain, the match was cancelled.
C. Because of raining heavily, the match was cancelled.
D. Although it rained heavily, the match was cancelled.
Question 26. Michael is not tall. He cannot become a pilot.
A. Michael is tall enough to become a pilot.
B. Michael is not short enough to become a pilot.
C. Michael is so short to become a pilot.
D. Michael is not tall enough to become a pilot.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / look / forward / travel / Nha Trang / next week.
A. I’m looking forward to travel to Nha Trang next week.
B. I’m looking forward travel to Nha Trang next week.
C. I’m looking forward to travelling to Nha Trang next week.
D. I’m looking forward travelled to Nha Trang next week.
Question 28. He / not / drive / carefully / he / use to.
A. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
B. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
C. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
D. He doesn’t drive as carefully he does.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You can sit on the furniture if you want.
B. Only some pieces of furniture can be used for sitting.
C. Sitting on the furniture is not allowed here.
D. You may sit on the furniture only during designated breaks.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Remember to switch off the lights when you
A. Keep the lights on untilleave.
someone tells you otherwise.
B. Leave the lights on for safety.
C. Only switch off the lights at night.
D. Turn off the lights before you go.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
In the early years of television, educational specialists believed that it would be very
useful in teaching and learning. Many schools have brought television sets, intending
to use them effectively to improve the quality of education; but actually they are
rarely used i properly in classrooms. Meanwhile, children spending the majority of
their out-of-school ' hours watching TV and their typical school days proceed as if
television did not exist.
There are some explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the
teachers. Firstly, the schools that purchased television sets have not set aside money
for 2 equipment repairs and maintenance so these television sets are sooner and
later out of work. Secondly, these schools have not found an effective way to train
teachers to integrate television into their ongoing instructional programs. Lastly,
most teachers do not regard the quality of television and its usefulness in the
classroom.
Teachers at the schools work hard for at least twelve years to train their students to
become good readers. However, according to recent statistics, teenagers seldom
spend their free time reading books and newspapers but watching television instead.
Question 31. The text is about.
A. the use of television at schools B. teaching and learning television
C. educational specialists D. watching TV outside school
Question 32. The word “useful” in the first paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. helpful B. suitable C. effective D. harmful
Question 33. When TV first appeared, educational specialists ______.
A. did not appreciate it
B. did not appreciate it
C. believed it would be useful for schooling
D. banned children from watching TV
Question 34. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. Schools have brought television sets with the aim of improving the quality of
education.
B. Television sets are used properly in classrooms.
C. Schools haven’t found an effective way to train teachers to integrate television
into their ongoing instructional programs.
D. Television sets require repairs and maintenance.
Question 35. The word “out of work” in the first paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning
to ______.
A. fix B. stop running C. unemployed D. energetic
Question 36. Children spend their free time.
A. reading books B. reading newspapers
C. learning foreign language D. watching TV
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The latest smartphones are sleek, slim, and offer many features such as high-
resolution cameras, fast processors, and artificial intelligence capabilities. They allow
users to perform a wide range of tasks, including browsing the Internet, (37) ______,
and streaming videos.
(38) ______, They have unique features such as foldable screens, holographic
displays, and improved battery life. Al will play a significant role in the development
of these devices, (39) ______, facial recognition, and natural language processing
becoming more sophisticated. (40) ______. They have abilities to control more of our
daily activities, such as managing our homes, vehicles, and health. The possibilities
are endless, and it will be exciting to see what the future holds for electronic devices.
A. In the future, smartphones are likely to become even more advanced
B. with features such as voice recognition
C. Smartphones will likely become even more integrated into our lives
D. sending emails, making video calls, playing games
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 28
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. problem B. love C. box D.
hobby
Question 2. A. thunder B. bathroom C. brother D.
earthquake
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. garden B. beauty C. standard D. ago
Question 4. A. committee B. Vietnamese C. uniqueness D. agreement
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. I always check my results carefully because I want to avoid ______
mistakes.
A. to making B. make C. to make D. making
Question 6. We will have a Christmas party ______ the 24th of December.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
Question 7. Tony works for your company, ______?
A. does he B. doesn’t Tony C. isn’t he D. doesn’t he
Question 8. He will take us to Hoi An, ______ was a UNESCO world heritage.
A. that B. which C. when D. where
Question 9. Jose spent ______ time on playing computer games during COVID-19
quarantine period.
A. a B. a lot of C. many D. a few
Question 10. Laura ______ her project if she ______ more time now.
A. would completed - had B. would complete – had
C. will complete - has D. completed - would have
Question 11. He went to a seaside resort because he was ______ on water-skiing.
A. fond B. crazy C. keen D. interested
Question 12. Mr. Jonathan is at the restaurant.
Mr. Jonathan: “Can I have a glass of water, please?” - Waiter: “______”
A. Of course, sir. B. Sorry, I can’t.
C. It’s out of stock now. D. I’m busy now.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
SCHOOL TRIP UPDATE
Dear Students,
We hope you (13) come on our school trip next weekend. (14), the Science and
Technology’ Museum is closed for building work on Saturday, (15) we have got
tickets for St Fagans National History Museum instead. The good news (16) that entry
is free so the trip will now cost £10 each.
Arrival and departure times are the same.
Mr Stuart Noble
Head Teacher
Question 13. May B. could C. will D. can
Question 14. A. Unfortunate B. Unfortunately C. Fortunately D. Fortunate
Question 15. A. but B. so C. for D. as
Question 16. A. are B. was C. is D. will be
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was looking forward to going to the beach with my family. ______
a. We built sandcastles, splashed in the waves, and played beach volleyball.
b. We arrived at the beach and found a nice spot to set up our towels and umbrellas.
c. The weather was perfect, with clear blue skies and warm sunshine.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. The beach was crowded with other families enjoying the day.
B. We had a delicious picnic lunch on the sand, with sandwiches, fruit, and chips,
C. We collected seashells and found some colourful crabs hiding in the sand.
D. It was a fantastic day filled with fun, laughter, and relaxation.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
When Scotsman Alexander Graham Bell (19) ______ the telephone in 1876, it was a
revolution in communication. (20) ______ the first time, people could talk to each
other over great distances almost (21) ______ if they were in the same room.
Nowadays, though, we (22) ______ use Bell's invention for taking photographs, (23)
______ the Internet or watching video clips rather than talking. Over the last two
decades a new (24) ______ of spoken communication has emerged: the mobile
phone.
Question 19. A. invents B. is invented C. invented D.
was invented
Question 20. A. As B. By C. For D. Since
Question 21. A. more clearly than B. as clearly as C. so clearly as D. less clearly
than
Question 22. A. increase B. increased C. increasing D.
increasingly
Question 23. A. accessing B. contacting C. entering D.
searching
Question 24. A. aids B. means C. tools D. ways
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. The old man is my friend. He is standing under the tree.
A. The old man who is standing under the tree is my friend.
B. The old man whom is standing under the tree is my friend.
C. The old man which is standing under the tree is my friend.
D. The old man he is standing under the tree is my friend.
Question 26. “Where will you have your holiday next summer?”
A. Jack asked me where I would have my holiday the following summer.
B. Jack asked me where I had my holiday the following summer.
C. Jack asked me if I would have my holiday the following summer.
D. Jack asked me where I will have my holiday the next summer.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It / rain / hard / many people / come / the stadium.
A. It rained very hard, so many people came to the stadium.
B. It rained very hard, but many people came to the stadium.
C. It rained very hard, or many people came to the stadium.
D. It rained very hard, and many people came to the stadium.
Question 28. It / take / me / long time / get use to / wear / glasses.
A. It took me a long time getting used to wearing glasses.
B. It take me a long time to get used to wear glasses.
C. It took me a long time to get used to wear glasses.
D. It took me a long time to get used to wearing glasses.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You are allowed to bring your bicycle into the building whenever you want.
B. All bicycles must be left outside and not brought into the building.
C. Only smaller bicycles are not allowed in the building, larger bicycles are allowed.
D. All bicycles mustn’t be left outside the building and not brought inside.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Please keep your noise level low in this
area. office hours.
A. Only reduce noise during
B. Speak loudly so everyone can hear you.
C. Make sure to be quiet and not disturb others.
D. Noise level does not matter in this area.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
You probably hear a lot about the environment. But do you really worry about it? Do
you help to save the Earth? Cleaning a planet is not a task for only one person.
People everywhere have to get involved and understand this is our world. If we pass
the world on about the importance of reducing, reusing and recycling, the destiny of
this planet can change.
Reducing the amount of waste you produce is the best way to help the environment.
Did you switch off the water while brushing your teeth in the morning? You should do
it! Did you walk to school or did you use public transportation?
Reusing is another way of being environmentally friendly. Try to find ways to use
things again! Take cloth sacks when you go shopping instead of taking home
newspapers or plastic bags. You should use cloth sacks again and again. You have to
save some trees Shoe boxes and margarine containers can be used to store things
or become fun art projects. Use your imagination!
You can also recycle in your home or even at school. Many communities have I
recycling centres for newspapers, batteries and a variety of glass and plastics. These
can be made into new products.
Question 31. What is the best way to help the environment?
A. The involvement of people everywhere on this planet.
B. Recycling things in your home or at school.
C. Reusing things instead of buying or using new ones.
D. Reducing the amount of waste produced.
Question 32. According to the passage, how many ways are there to help save the
Earth?
A. 4 B. 5 C.3 D.6
Question 33. According to the third paragraph, which of the following can be used
to make fun arts?
A. shoe boxes B. cloth sacks C. batteries D. plastic bags
Question 34. The word "worry" is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. concern B. annoy C. depress D. comfort
Question 35. Where can waste be recycled?
A. only at home and at school B. at home, at school, or recycling centers
C. at the factory D. only recycling centres
Question 36. The word "store" is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. keep B. empty C. maintain D. shop
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The Harbour of Rio de Janeiro is one of the largest bays on Earth and is considered
(37) ______. It is located in the city of Rio de Janeiro on the southeastern coastline of
Brazil. (38) ______. The harbour is surrounded by mountains and is connected to the
sea via a series of channels.
The major attraction of this natural wonder is its tropical climate, (39) ______. It also
has some beautiful beaches and lush forests which provide recreation areas for
visitors. Additionally, the mouth of the harbour is unique because it resembles more
of a river than a bay. This is the reason why the city has its name Rio de Janeiro,
which means "River of January".
(40) ______. At this time, the weather is fairly nice, and there are not as many people
as in the summer months.
A. one of the seven natural wonders of the world
B. September and October are the best months to visit the Harbour of Rio de Janeiro
C. It is also known as Guanabara Bay
D. which attracts tourists from all over the world
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 29
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. culture B. student C. institution D. university
Question 2. A. machine B. church C. watch D. teacher
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. include B. achieve C. replace D. comment
Question 4. A. difficult B. popular C. effective D. national
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. I think learning English is very ______ for our job in the future.
A. useless B. useful C. use D. used
Question 6. At this time yesterday, while I ______ the dishes, my brother ______ TV.
A. was washing - watched B. washed - was watching
C. washed - watched D. was washing - was watching
Question 7. It is very kind of Tomme finish my task.
A. to help B. help C. helped D. helping
Question 8. Your cat is so lovely, but ______ is so naughty.
A. my B. mine C. I D. me
Question 9. This is the ______ building I have ever seen in Vietnam.
A. taller B. tall C. most tall D. tallest
Question 10. I promise I ______ to school on time.
A. am going to B. am going C. will go D. go
Question 11. I think country life is so boring and ______ because you’re not close to
shops and services.
A. unhealthy B. inconvenient C. comfortable D. peaceful
Question 12. Jane: “I think you’ve taken my bag by mistake.” - Dan: “______”
A. What a shame!B. Not at all! C. I m so sorry. D. It’s my pleasure.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Cinema Museum
Ronald Grant, who opened the Cinema Museum (13) ______ the 1960s, travelled
round the country and bought things from cinemas which were closing down. This
included old film posters and wooden cinema seating. At the museum, you can now
see these and much more, including the uniforms that cinema staff once (14) ______
wear.
Please let us (15) ______ by phone or email if you'd like to come. We'll be happy to
see you, but we need to arrange a guide, because it's only possible to visit the
museum on (16) ______ organised tour.
Question 13. A. of B. at C. on D. in
Question 14. A. have to B. must C. had to D. need to
Question 15. A. knew B. knowing C. to know D. know
Question 16. A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My friends and I decided to go on a hike in the mountains. ______
a. We admired the stunning views of the valleys below and the distant peaks.
b. The trail was challenging at times, with steep inclines and rocky paths.
c. We packed our backpacks with snacks and water, and set off on the trail with
excitement.
A. b-c-a B. c-a-b C. a-b-c D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We even saw some wild animals, like deer and squirrels, roaming freely in the
woods.
B. We were exhausted but happy when we reached the summit and enjoyed the
panoramic view.
C. We took lots of photos to capture the beauty of the mountain scenery.
D. The hike is a great way to get some exercise and enjoy the fresh air.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Most people think of computers as very modern (19) ______, products of our new
technological age. But actually the idea for a computer had been worked out over
two centuries ago by a man (20) _________ Charles Babbage. Babbage was born in
1791 and grew up to be a brilliant mathematician. He drew up plans for several
calculating machines (21) ______ he called "engines". But despite the fact that he
(22) ______ building some of these, he never finished any of them. Over the years
people have argued whether his machines would ever work. Recently, however, the
Science Museum in London has finished building (23) ______ engine based on one of
Babbage's designs. (24) ______ has taken six years to complete and more than four
thousand parts have been specially made.
Question 19. A. inventions B. inventors C. invent D.
invention
Question 20. A. written B. called C. recognized D. known
Question 21. A. which B. who C. when D. where
Question 22. A. wanted B. started C. made D. missed
Question 23. A. that B. the C. some D. an
Question 24. A. He B. They C. On D. It
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Would you like to have a picnic with US next week?” they said to me.
A. They suggested have a picnic with them the following week.
B. They advised me to have a picnic with them the following week.
C. They invited me to have a picnic with them the following week.
D. They said to me that I had a picnic with them the following week.
Question 26. We don’t have enough money to buy a new house.
A. If we have enough money, we will buy a new house.
B. If we had enough money, we would buy a new house.
C. We wish we have enough money to buy a new house.
D. We wish we didn’t have enough money to buy a new house.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She / glad / he / reply/ to / her letter.
A. She was glad that he replied to her letter.
B. She was glad to he replied to her letter.
C. She were glad that he replied to her letter.
D. She was glad that he replies to her letter.
Question 28. My teacher / suggest / we / raise / funds / poor students.
A. My teacher suggested we should raise funds for poor students.
B. My teacher suggested we raised funds for poor students.
C. My teacher suggested we raising funds for poor students.
D. My teacher suggested we should raising funds for poor students.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. School ahead
B. Road works ahead
C. Pedestrian crossing ahead
D. Traffic light ahead
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Please take off your shoes before
entering.
A. Only take off shoes in the living room.
B. Wear your shoes inside the house.
C. Remove your shoes before you enter the house.
D. You can wear shoes inside but not in the kitchen.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different
times. Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can
react differently to music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music we
hear. If someone hates jazz, then a jazz piece with a positive effect will probably not
make him s feel good. A happy song might appear to make an angry person angrier,
yet it is not the music itself that is creating the anger; rather it is the positive effect
of the music. The angry ' person does not want to accept the song's happy feeling: it
points out his already existing anger, and makes that anger come to the surface.
When a piece of music is played and we are listening to it, our body, mind, and
feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures such as China, India,
Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music.
In fact, Pythagoras, in ancient Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned
them. Because the musicians of these ancient cultures understood these effects,
they created music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once the effects of
music are better understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the
music around us, and s what effect it is actually having.
Question 31. According to the text, music ______.
A. cannot be chosen B. affects everybody in the same way
C. affects us in different ways D. never make us angry
Question 32. According to the text, a happy song may ______.
A. make people feel good B. influences people in different ways
C. react differently to the music D. make an angry person angrier
Question 33. In ancient cultures, there used to be a science that concerned the
effects of music in
A. China B. India C. Turkey D. Greece
Question 34. The word “angry” has a CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. calm B. irritated C. confident D. satisfied
Question 35. The text is mainly about.
A. the science of music
B. understanding music
C. the effects of music on human feelings
D. music and an angry person
Question 36. The word “positive” has an OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. good B. negative C. useful D. practical
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Some people find it really difficult to learn English, and here are some of the reasons.
(37) ______. Therefore, it is very hard for English learners to (38) ______ as well as use
them correctly in different contexts. Secondly, English grammar is complex. For
example, there are twelve basic tenses in English. This makes learners confused
when they have to use the tenses correctly in different sentences. Other grammatical
points, (39) ______ are not any less challenging. Thirdly, a lot of learners find English
pronunciation very confusing. Words which have the same combination of letters
may be pronounced differently. For instance, the 'ou' in 'rough' is not pronounced the
same as that in 'through'. (40) ______. The stress we put on different words may lead
to a difference in meaning. In general, English vocabulary, grammar, and
pronunciation may make learning it not an easy task.
A. Another problem is sentence stress
B. Firstly, English has one of the biggest vocabularies of all languages
C. remember all the words and phrases
D. such as prepositions, reported speech, and the passive voice
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 30
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mountain B. amount C. founding D. country
Question 2. A. child B. cheese C. school D. church
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. answer B. reply C. singer D. future
Question 4. A. important B. happiness C. employment D. relation
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. ______ kilos of apples do you want to buy? - 2 kilos, please.
A. How much B. How often C. How many D. How long
Question 6. If we continue littering, the environment ______ seriously polluted.
A. becomes B. will become C. became D. would become
Question 7. She walked ten kilometres a day to get ______ for her family to use.
A. water enough B. enough water C. such water D. too water
Question 8. Julia has already ______ completed her English courses.
A. successfully B. success C. successful D. succeed
Question 9. It is very kind of you ______ me with my homework.
A. to help B. help C. helping D. to helping
Question 10. I know some interesting tourist ______ in the city that you would love
to visit.
A. cultures B. attractions C. handicrafts D. places
Question 11. Laura wishes she ______ to Thailand with her friends next summer.
A. travel B. would travel C. will travel D. travelled
Question 12. Anna: “Thank you very much for a lovely evening. I have enjoyed
myself.”
Henry: “______”
A. I’m glad you like it. B. Never mind.
C. It’s very nice. D. Yes, I’d love to.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
We are looking for students to join the school band.
You don't need (13) ______ how to play (14) ______ instrument yet. We will teach you!
Choose from the guitar, drums or keyboard. You don't need to buy your own
instrument, as the school will (15) ______ you one. You can even take it home to
practise.
All we need is your time - one hour a week for a music lesson on Monday or Tuesday,
and two hours on Thursday evening for band (16) ______. So, come along and have
some fun!
Question 13. A. know B. knowing C. known D. to know
Question 14. A. a B. the C. an D. no article
Question 15. A. borrow B. lend C. offer D. provide
Question 16. A. practice B. union C. meeting D. conference
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was looking forward to visiting the museum with my class. ______
a. We saw amazing artefacts from different cultures, learned about history, and even
had a chance to try on some period costumes.
b. The museum was full of interesting exhibits, each showcasing a different aspect of
art or history.
c. When we arrived, we were greeted by friendly staff and a welcoming atmosphere.
A. b-a-c B. c-a-b C. a-c-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. The museum had a gift shop where we could buy souvenirs to remember our visit.
B. The museum was quite large, so we had to plan our route carefully to make sure
we saw everything.
C. We learned a lot about different cultures and time periods, and it was a truly
enriching experience.
D. It was a great way to spend a day learning and exploring.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
LEARNING A SECOND LANGUAGE
Some people learn a second language (19) ______. other people have trouble learning
a new language. How can you help (20) ______ learn a new language, such as
English? There are (21) ______ ways to make learning English a little easier and more
interesting. The first step is to feel positive about learning English. If you believe that
you (22) ______ learn, you will learn. Be patient. You don't have to understand
everything all at once. It's natural to make mistakes when you learn something new.
The second step is to practise your English regularly. For example, write in the
journal, or diary, every day. You will get used to (23) ______ in English and you will
feel more comfortable to express your ideas in English. After several weeks, you will
see that your writing is improving. (24) ______, you must speak English every day. You
can practise with your classmates. The third step is to keep a record of your language
learning. You can write this in your journal. After each class, think about what you did.
Did you answer a question correctly? Did you understand something the teacher
explained? And so on.
Question 19. A. easier B. easy C. easily D. ease
Question 20. A. itself B. herself C. himself D. yourself
Question 21. A. another B. much C. a D. several
Question 22. A. need B. may C. must D. can
Question 23. A. written B. to write C. writing D. write
Question 24. A. However B. In addition C. Therefore D.
As a result
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. We began collecting stamps two years ago.
A. We have begun collecting stamps for two years.
B. We have collected stamps for two years ago.
C. We have collected stamps for two years.
D. We have collected stamps since two years.
Question 26. “I am going to visit your parents tomorrow.” my uncle said to me.
A. My uncle said I was going to visit your parents the following day.
My uncle said he was going to visit my parents the following day.
C. My uncle said he was going to visit my parents tomorrow.
D. My uncle said he is going to visit my parents the following day.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. To me, / Vietnamese food / delicious / Japanese one.
A. To me, Vietnamese food is deliciouser than Japanese one.
B. To me, Vietnamese food is more delicious than Japanese one.
C. To me, Vietnamese food is as more delicious as Japanese one.
D. To me, Vietnamese food is more delicious as Japanese one.
Question 28. This task / too / difficult / us / do.
A. This task is too difficult us do.
B. This task is too difficult for us doing.
C. This task is too difficult that us to do.
D. This task is too difficult for us to do.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can have some drinks and food here.

B. Your breakfast is done.
C. No one helps you take food and drinks.
D. You can’t drink and eat here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Please keep the area clean and tidy. Thank
A. The area will be cleanedyou.
by someone else.
B. Leave the area messy as it is not important.
C. Clean the area only once a week.
D. Make sure the area is neat and free of trash.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
On January 17, 1995, a powerful earthquake hit the city of Kobe, Japan. Many
buildings burned or collapsed. Part of an expressway fell over. Train lines were
damaged, so trains could not run, and supplies of electricity, gas and water were cut
off. Soon after the earthquake was over, people in Kobe began working together to
save their city. Neighbours pulled each other out of collapsed buildings. Ordinary
people put out fires even before the fire trucks arrived. Volunteers in Kobe organised
themselves into teams. They worked out a system to send help to where it was
needed. Some people brought food, water, clothes, and electric generators to
different parts of the city. Other teams searched for belongings in damaged stores
and homes. Some volunteers took care of the children who had lost their parents.
Teams of volunteers from outside Japan helped, too. A rescue team with search dogs
came from Switzerland. A group of doctors called
Doctors Without Borders came from all over the world. A group called the
International Rescue Corps also sent its members to help. Today, Kobe has been
rebuilt. But people there still remember the outpouring of support they received
from all over the world back in 1995.
Question 31. In 1995, Japan was hit by ______.
A. a volcano B. a hurricane C. an earthquake D. a flood
Question 32. Why did volunteers from other countries come to Japan after the
earthquake?
A. All of the people in Japan were ill.
B. They wanted to write about the earthquake.
C. They wanted to help the people in Japan.
D. They wanted to visit Japan.
Question 33. The doctors in Doctors Without Borders ______.
A. all came from Japan B. all came from Switzerland
C. used search dogs to help them D. came from all over the world
Question 34. On the whole, the passage is about ______.
A. an earthquake in Kobe, Japan B. the roads and trains in Kobe. Japan
C. how to organise volunteers D. volunteers in Japan
Question 35. The word “powerfur is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. strong B. effective C. weak D. Energetic
Question 36. The word “outpouring'’ is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. a small number B. enthusiasm
C. a large amount D. an importance
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Mount Everest (Mt. Everest) is the highest mountain in the world. It is 8,848 metres s
high. Mt. Everest was first climbed in 1953 by Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay.
Every year, a lot of people want to climb Mt. Everest.
It is very dangerous to climb Mt. Everest. (37) ______. Most people carry bottles of
oxygen; they could die without it. When the oxygen bottles are empty, (38) ______.
When strong winds rip their tents, people leave them behind. They do not have the
energy i to take the rubbish away. They only have enough energy to go down the
mountain safely.
(39) ______. Since people first began to climb Mt. Everest, they have left tons and
tons of rubbish on the mountain. Several groups have climbed the mountain just (40)
______. When people plan to climb the mountain, they have to plan to take away their
rubbish.
A. Rubbish is a terrible problem
B. to pick up the rubbish
C. people throw them on the ground
D. The air is very thin and cold
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 31
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. fund B. unusual C. volunteer D. muddy
Question 2. A. music B. seaside C. scholar D. season
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. question B. begin C. finish D. photo
Question 4. A. romantic B. solution C. protective D. elegant
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Henry continues eating chocolate ______ having a toothache.
A. although B. because C. in spite D. despite
Question 6. The book ______ Lucy gave me is interesting.
A. which B. who C. where D. whose
Question 7. An epidemic occurs when an infectious disease spreads ______ to many
people.
A. rapid B. rapidness C. rapidly D. rapidity
Question 8. Tom hoped ______ a job offer from this travel agency.
A. received B. to receive C. receiving D. receive
Question 9. If we ______ early in the morning, we can reach the coast before dark.
A. go off B. set off C. take off D. turn off
Question 10. Sorry, I can’t go with you tonight because I have ______ homework to
do.
A. a lot of B. lot of C. many D. any
Question 11. Paris, France isfor the Eiffel Tower and the Louvre Museum.
A. infamous B. suitable C. well-known D. attractive
Question 12. June: “I’ve passed the entrance examination to attend my dream high
school.”
Jack: “______”
A. Congratulations! B. Sorry about that!
C. My pleasures. D. Good luck!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Active Summer activity courses
We (13) ______ for university students to work with children on our activity courses
(14) ______ July and August this summer.
We need instructors for the following (15) ______: swimming, football, tennis, drama,
art, music, photography
For more information, email Mr. Smith at [email protected]
Please tell us (16) ______ courses you would like to teach.
Question 13. A. have looked B. looked C. are looking D. will look
Question 14. A. for B.by C. in D. with
Question 15. A. actions B. activities C. act D.
active
Question 16. A. what B. some C. any D. which
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My family decided to go on a road trip to the beach. ______
a. We stopped at a scenic lookout point and took some pictures of the beautiful
coastline.
b. We packed the car with snacks, drinks, and our swimsuits, excited for a fun-filled
day.
c. The drive was long, but we enjoyed singing along to music and playing games to
pass the time.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. They finally arrived at the beach and immediately ran into the cool water, eager to
swim and play.
B. The drive was a bit tiring, but it was worth it for the beautiful scenery and the fun
we had at the beach.
C. We saw some interesting towns and villages along the way, and even stopped at a
local farmers market for some fresh produce.
D. We made sure to pack a picnic basket filled with delicious sandwiches and snacks
for lunch on the beach.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
By using computers people can do things (19) ______ than by using other means.
Computers can do any calculations more rapidly than a skilled mathematician. (20)
______ a computer is programmed properly, it can work accurately. When we look
back on the history of computer science, we can see the great (21) ______ between
the old computers and the modern ones. The old computers work much slower than
the modern ones. We can use the new generation of computers conveniently
because of their small size and (22) ______ applied programs (23) ______ are widely
used all over the world. We can get any sorts of information (24) ______ the Internet.
These are the reasons why computers appear not only at offices but also at homes.
Question 19. A. fastly B. faster C. more fastly D. fastest
Question 20. A. Although B. After C. Because D. So
Question 21. A. different B. difference C. differences D.
differently
Question 22. A. many B. much C. a D. any
Question 23. A. which B. who C. where D. when
Question 24. A. into B. from C. of D. to
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. He played volleyball with his friends, then he went home.
A. After he had played volleyball with his friends, he went home.
B. He went home before he played volleyball with his friends.
C. Before he had gone home, he played volleyball with his friends.
D. After he had gone home, he played volleyball with his friends.
Question 26. Finish your assignment before class. Otherwise, the teacher will
punish you.
A. If you finish your assignment, the teacher will punish you.
B. If you don’t finish your assignment, the teacher will punish you.
C. If you don’t finish your assignment, the teacher won’t punish you.
D. If you finished your assignment, the teacher would punish you.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The tree / decorate / coloured balls / already.
A. The tree decorates with coloured balls already.
B. The tree has been decorated with coloured balls already.
C. The tree was decorate with coloured balls already.
D. The tree have been decorated with coloured balls already.
Question 28. The woman / live / next door / donate / thousands of dollars / local
charities / every year.
A. The woman who lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities
every year.
B. The woman lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every
year.
C. The woman who lives next door donating thousands of dollars to local charities
every year.
D. The woman which lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities
every year.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Be cautious as elderly people may be crossing the road.

B. There are two old people here.
C. Be careless as elderly people may be crossing the road.
D. They are wearing traditional clothing.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

REMINDER
The library will be closed
for maintenance on
Saturday.
A. The library will be open all week.
Please
B. Books return
must all books
be returned by by
Friday.
C. You can return books on Saturday.
Friday
D. The library is closed only on Sundays.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Steve Jobs, a genius in the world of technology, was born in 1955 and adopted by a
working-class family. He dropped out of college, taking a leap into the unknown,
where he found his passion for technology and creativity. '
In 1976, Jobs met Steve Wozniak, and together they founded Apple, a company that
would revolutionise the computer industry with cutting-edge innovations. Apple's
Macintosh computer and the iconic iPhone are testaments to Jobs' commitment to
cutting-edge design and user-friendly technology.
Apart from his work at Apple, Jobs also played a significant role in the success of '
Pixar Animation Studios, where he contributed to the creation of the first computer-
animated film, Toy Story. Despite facing setbacks, such as being diagnosed with
cancer, Jobs continued to lead Apple until his passing away in 2011.
His legacy lives on through the products and innovations that have shaped the way
people live and work in the digital age.
Question 31. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Steve Jobs’ academic achievements B. Steve Jobs’ life and achievements
C. Steve Jobs’ rare disease D. Steve Jobs’ first company
Question 32. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is NOT stated about
Steve Jobs?
A. He was adopted by a working-class family.
B. He found a passion for technology from childhood.
C. He didn’t finish his college education.
D. He’s a genius in the world of technology.
Question 33. The word "they" in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. cutting-edge innovations B. Apple’s Macintosh computer and iPhone
C. Jobs and Steve Wozniak D. design and technology
Question 34. The word "setbacks" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. difficulties B. advantages C. results D. influences
Question 35. Which of the following is true about Steve Jobs?
A. He contributed to the success of Pixar Animation Studios.
B. He established Apple without the help of Steve Wozniak.
C. He didn’t lead Apple when he was diagnosed with cancer.
D. His ambition was to shape the way people lived and worked
Question 36. The word "genius" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. a person who is mentally unusual
B. a person who has rare natural ability or skill
C. a person who work very hard to succeed
D. a person who have an impact on others
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
There are differences in terms of food habits between past and present lifestyles.
People used to grow food like fruits, vegetables, and cereal. (37) ______. They always
had fresh food. Their diet contained a lot of vegetables and fruits. They were,
therefore, healthier and didn't need much extra exercise because their daily work
kept their bodies running. (38) ______, especially those related to their digestive
system.
At present, technology has turned agriculture into mass production. Pesticides are
used to assure fruitful crops. People keep their food in the fridge for some days or
weeks before using it. Ready-made food at markets uses preservatives to keep it
longer. People eat more spicy fried food. (39) ______. Although many people find it
convenient, (40) ______. As a result, people now are less healthy and suffer from
more diseases.
A. it leads to many health conditions
B. They had few diseases
C. They raised fish in ponds and livestock on farms
D. Fast food is another major factor in modern food habits
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 32
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. shoulder B. announce C. around D.
background
Question 2. A. ancient B. concern C. associate D. special
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. mistake B. value C. relief D. research
Question 4. A. professor B. typical C. accountant D. develop
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. David borrowed 1$ from me to buy _____ comic book yesterday
A. the B. an C.  D. a
Question 6. You look so _____, so I think you should take a rest now.
A. tired B. tiring C. tiredly D. tiredness
Question 7. If you want to stay healthy, you eat too much _____ sugary food.
A. can’t B. ought not to C. mustn’t D. may not
Question 8. I _____ Peter since I moved to the USA.
A. have known B. know C. knew D. will know
Question 9. Julia will come to our party tomorrow, _____?
A. won’t Julia B. won’t she C. will she D. will Julia
Question 10. The family now runs a craft _____ to share the skills of traditional mask
making.
A. company B. workshop C. skill D. charity
Question 11. Traditional craft villages in Vietnam are increasingly attracting _____
thanks to the long-standing culture and signature products.
A. teenagers B. tourists C. investors D. artisans
Question 12. A: “What a beautiful wedding dress you are wearing today, Daisy! - B:
“_____”
A. I’m sorry to hear that. B. Thanks, it’s nice of you to say so.
C. Don’t mention it. D. Thanks for your gift!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Hi, Eric!
We're having (13) _____ great holiday here in Scotland.
We're (14) _____ in a hotel in the centre of Edinburgh. It's got a swimming pool but
it's too cold to swim! There are lots of things (15) _____.
Scotland is very beautiful, but the weather is awful. It's very cold and windy and it
(16) _____ every day!
Are you having a good holiday at the beach?
See you soon.

D. ∅
Jenny
Question 13. A. a B. an C. the
Question 14. A. living B. staying C. inhibiting D. accommodating
Question 15. A. doing B.do C. to do D. did
Question 16. A. rain B. is raining C. rained D. rains
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My friends and I decided to have a pizza party. _____
a. We laughed and chatted, enjoying the delicious pizza and each other's company.
b. We ordered a big pizza with all our favourite toppings and gathered at my house.
c. The party was a lot of fun, and we made some great memories together.
A. b-c-a B. a-b-c C. c-a-b D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We played board games and watched movies until late into the night, having a
great time.
B. We each had a slice of pizza, and then played some fun games and listened to
music.
C. We learned that even a pizza party couldn’t be a great way to connect with
friends.
D. It was a perfect way to unwind and spend time together after a busy week.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Have you ever been to Britain? I’ve dreamed of going there (19) _____ I was a little
girl and finally, in the spring of 2012, it happened. I was there for three weeks and
spent much of that time soaking up the culture, and scenery of this incredible island.
I visited several districts in England, Wales and Scotland and even (20) _____ a trip to
Ireland. The tour I was with began in London. Of all the sights I saw there, the Tower
of London was the most (21) _____. The Tower is a building complex of incredibly rich
history.
Also on the Thames are the Houses of Parliament and, of course, the clock tower
housing "Big Ben". I saw so (22) _____ landmarks I can hardly remember them all.
After a couple of days in London we travelled to the south of England where we
stopped (23) _____ Stonehenge. If you don't know about Stonehenge, there are a
couple of links on my links page (24) _____ will take you to sites that can fill you in.
Question 19. A. for B. while C. since D. because
Question 20. A. did B. set C. spent D. took
Question 21. A. interesting B. interested C. interest D.
interestingly
Question 22. A. much B. a lot of C. a few D. many
Question 23. A. visiting B. to visit C. visit D. visited
Question 24. A. that B. who C. where D. when
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Michael said, “You’d better not lend them any money, Jane.”
A. Michael asked Jane if she had lent them any money.
B. Michael commanded Jane not to lend them any money.
C. Michael advised Jane not to lend them any money.
D. Michael ordered Jane not to lend them any money.
Question 26. I can’t remember the answers to these questions.
A. I wish I can remember the answers to these questions.
B. I wish I couldn’t remember the answers to these questions.
C. I wish I would remember the answers to these questions.
D. I wish I could remember the answers to these questions.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He / worked / this / company / five years.
A. He has worked in this company for five years.
B. He worked in this company for five years.
C. He has worked in this company five years ago.
D. He has worked in this company for five years ago.
Question 28. I / want / study / USA, / I / try / learn / English.
A. I want to study in the USA, but I try learn English.
B. I want to study in the USA, so I try to learn English.
C. I want to study in the USA, but I try to learn English.
D. I want to study in the USA, so I try learning English.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Fishing is allowed here.
B. You mustn’t go fishing in this area.
C. Fishing is only allowed with a permit.
D. You can go fishing here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
We are hosting a family picnic at the
park
this Saturday from 11 AM to 3 PM.
A. AEveryone
family gathering at a cafe.
is invited to bring food and
B. A family dinner at a restaurant.
C. A picnic at the park next Saturday.
D. A family picnic at the park this Saturday.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
When it comes to health, we often have fitness and food goals like losing weight,
exercising regularly, eating healthier or making better food choices. Losing weight
could take months. Exercising regularly could take years while eating healthier and
making better food choices are hard to measure.
Before we achieve these goals, we may feel discouraged and give up. To feel
motivated, we can break down these health goals into smaller and more realistic
steps. Here are 4 good eating habits which will definitely help us to achieve our food
goals. For those of us with diabetes, these healthy eating habits will also help us to
control our blood sugar.
 Choose water: Set a goal to drink water instead of sugar-sweetened drinks.
 Eat slowly: It takes about 20 minutes for your brain to send out signals that you are
full. Eat slowly. Take the extra time to pay attention to what we are eating and how
much.
 Eat fruit and vegetables: Set a goal to fill half your plate with fruit and vegetables
at every meal. Fruit and vegetables are naturally low in saturated and trans-fat, and
rich in dietary fibre, vitamins and minerals.
 Switch to wholegrains: Eating whole grain foods such as brown rice, wholemeal
bread and rolled oats can help reduce the risk of developing heart disease and
diabetes. They can also help with weight management because they keep you
feeling full longer / and reduce the need for snacking.
These 4 good eating habits take time to develop. Be patient. These changes, no
matter how small, make a big difference to our health.
Question 31. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. Four Health Benefits of Weight Management
B. The Immense Benefits of Daily Physical Activity
C. Good Eating Habits to Achieve Your Health Goals
D. Regular Exercise and Healthy Food to Maintain Youth
Question 32. According to the passage, why should we eat slowly?
A. Because we need time to pay attention to when to eat healthy food.
B. Because if we eat fast, we do not know how delicious the food is.
C. Because our brain needs 20 minutes to realise that we are eating.
D. Because it takes time for the brain to inform us that our stomach is full.
Question 33. The word “motivated” in the second paragraph is CLOSEST in
meaning to _____.
A. encouraged B. embarrassed C. frustrated D. astonished
Question 34. The word “they” in the fourth eating habit refers to _____.
A. diabetes B. wholegrains C. minerals D. vitamins
Question 35. According to the passage, which of the following should be avoided?
A. Soda B. Oranges C. Brown rice D. Lettuce
Question 36. The word “pay attention to” in the second paragraph is OPPOSITE in
meaning to _____.
A. notice B. ignore C. worry D. search
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Viet Nam is in the period of industrialisation and modernisation, and many aspects of
the Vietnamese lifestyle have changed. The biggest differences we can see now are
in teenagers' lifestyles. They are now more flexible and casual in the way they dress.
(37) _____. They have become more confident in communicating with others, even
with their elders. They are daring in their actions and ambitions. For many of them,
(38) _____. They use it for study and entertainment.
However, Vietnamese teenagers have also learnt to treasure their traditional values.
Many customs and traditions are passed from generation to generation. Vietnamese
teens show respect for the elders, at home and outside. (39) _____. They come to
their parents for advice and ask for permission in their important decisions such as
university study and marriage. They also wear traditional costumes such as ao dai,
ao tu than, and (40) _____.
A. They learn to value their families
B. They wear their hair in different styles and even dye it different colours
C. cook traditional Vietnamese foods on special occasions
D. technology has become important in their daily life
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 33
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. recipe B. regular C. behaviour D. exhibition
Question 2. A. character B. cheese C. achievement D. challenge
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. amountB. power C. payment D. unit
Question 4. A. addition B. maintenance C. attitude D. century
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.

D. ∅
Question 5. My brother usually has ______ apple for lunch.
A. a B. an C. the
Question 6. While the kids ______ in the garden, their mother came.
A. were playing B. play C. is playing D. played
Question 7. If you explained it to him more slowly, he ______ it.
A. understands B. would understand
C. understood D. will understand
Question 8. People are now interested in saving money and ______ resources.
A. natural B. naturalise C. nature D. naturally
Question 9. We will prepare a big meal ______ Christmas.
A. with B. on C. to D. at
Question 10. You and I won’t come there together, ______?
A. won’t you B. will I C. will we D. won’t we
Question 11. We should ______ a taxi. Let’s go on holiday.
A. do B. have C. make D. take
Question 12. Mary: “Sorry for making you wait for so long!” - Daisy: “______”
A. OK, I will. B. Don’t mention it!
C. You’re welcome. D. Never mind!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Dear Mum and Dad,
I'm having a great time here (13) ______ New York!
Aunt Eva has shown me everything - (14) ______ Statue of Liberty, the Brooklyn
Bridge and Central Park. I haven't taken a yellow taxi yet but I really want to.
It's sunny and hot every day. Tomorrow we're going to (15) ______ a show at a theatre
on Broadway.
Wish you (16) ______ here.
Question 13. A. on B. by C. at D. in
Question 14. A. a B.  C. the D. an
Question 15. A. see B. observe C. view D. watch
Question 16. A. were B. was C. are D. will be
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I live in a small village in Ninh Binh. I love the rural peace and quiet of my village.
First, the air is unpolluted, and the pace of life is slow. ______
a. Moreover, the people in my village are friendly and always willing to help each
other.
b. It is actually a national park, so the wildlife there can live and move about safely.
c. We cultivate mainly rice and beans. We raise cows and buffaloes too. We can also
enjoy nature in the nearby area.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. All these things make me love my village more and intend to live here my whole
life.
B. My uncle raises cows and buffaloes too.
C. Life is so peaceful that I want to live here forever.
D. In addition, public transportation here is not convenient.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Online gaming site Roi World surveyed 600 teens ages 13 to 17 in late April and
found that teens (19) ______ two hours per day online (20) ______ average, 80% of
which is spent using a social network. These same teens are, however, showing signs
of "Facebook Fatigue." Nearly one in five (19%) who have an account no longer visit
Facebook or are using it less. Of the group that are saying goodbye to Facebook, 45%
have lost (21) ______, 16% are leaving because their parents are there, 14% say
there are "too many adults/ older people" and 13% are concerned (22) ______ the
privacy of their personal information. (23) ______ interest in Facebook may be a
warning, it's still the most popular social network among teens - 78% have created a
profile and 69% still use it. YouTube ranks second; 64% of teens claim to have a
YouTube profile and continue (24) ______ the site. Myspace comes in a distant third
(41 %) and Twitter takes the fourth rate (20%).
Question 19. A. spend B. take C. buy D. give
Question 20. A. on B. at C. in D. of
Question 21. A. interested B. interest C. interesting D.
interestingly
Question 22. A. with B. for C. about D. to
Question 23. A. While B. When C. After D. Before
Question 24. A. used B. to using C. use D. to use
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “If I were you, I would study abroad.”
A. Jack suggested choosing to study abroad.
B. Jack offered me to choose to study abroad.
C. Jack invited me to choose to study abroad.
D. Jack advised me to choose to study abroad.
Question 26. Nobody has watered the trees since last Friday.
A. The trees hasn’t been watered since last Friday.
B. The trees haven’t watered since last Friday.
C. The trees hasn’t been water since last Friday.
D. The trees haven’t been watered since last Friday.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / look forward / travel / Nha Trang / next week.
A. I’m looking forward to travel to Nha Trang next week.
B. I’m looking forward travel to Nha Trang next week.
C. I’m looking forward to travelling to Nha Trang next week.
D. I’m looking forward travelled to Nha Trang next week.
Question 28. I / suggest /Tony / drink / water / every day.
A. I suggested Tony drinks more water every day.
B. I suggested that Tony should drink more water every day.
C. I suggested that Tony drinks more water every day.
D. I suggested Tony might drink more water every day.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Throwing trash on the ground is allowed.
B. The area is clean.
C. Littering is allowed at times.
D. Please use the bins to keep the area clean.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Join us for a cooking class this Tuesday at 6
PM.

A. SignLearn
up for to make delicious
a sporting event. Italian dishes!
B. Learn how to cook Italian food in a class.
C. Join a language class.
D. Advertise an Italian cooking course.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Paper is named for papyrus, a reed-like plant used by ancient Egyptians as writing
material more than 5000 years ago. The Chinese invented the paper that we use
2000 years ago.
A piece of paper is really made up of tiny fibres, unlike a piece of material. The fibres
used in paper, however, are plant fibres, and there are millions of them in one sheet.
In addition to the plant fibre, dyes and additives such as resin may be used. Dyes can
make the paper different colours; resin may add weight and texture.
Where do these fibres come from? The majority of paper is made from the plant fibre
that comes from trees. Millions are cut down, but new trees are planted in their
place. Paper may also be made from things like old rags or pieces of cloth.
Wastepaper, paper that has been made and used, can be turned into recycled paper.
This recycling process saves forest energy and reduces air and water pollution.
Question 31. According to the passage, the paper that we use was invented by.
A. ancient cultures B. the Chinese C. the Egyptians D. foresters
Question 32. What is the main ingredient in most paper?
A. resin B. cardboard C. papyrus D. plant fibre
Question 33. According to the passage, the primary source of the plant fibre used in
paper is ____.
A. rags B. fabric C. trees D. waste paper
Question 34. According to the passage, recycling paper is ______.
A. bad for the environment B. good for the environment
C. economical D. wasteful
Question 35. The word “cut down” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. log B. plant C. improve D. lower
Question 36. The word “reduces” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. decreases B. increases C. grows D. protect
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
As students finish junior secondary school, they often have to choose whether to
continue their academic study or to go to a vocational school. (37) ______. While most
parents want their children to continue to high school, some students don't feel like
studying subjects and some others feel they have no ability to enter the academic
world. These students can choose a vocational education.
There are different types of vocational training available for school graduates to
choose from. They can learn to (38) ______.
Vocational training is important in a number of ways. First, it provides hands-on and
job-specific experience. (39) ______. Vocational training can also (40) ______. This
helps prevent the population from migrating to large cities. Moreover, vocational
training can provide skilled labourers to the workforce. Finally, vocational students
can receive certificates or even diplomas. If they want to continue their academic
study later, they can still do so.
A. Students can be skilled and ready to work in a specific job
B. become automobile repairmen, plumbers, or fashion designers
C. bring employment opportunities to villages and small towns
D. This is certainly a challenging task
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 34
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. like B. sign C. give D. bite
Question 2. A. link B. handkerchief C. donkey D. handful
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. object B. pollute C. police D. because
Question 4. A. discussion B. gratitude C. celebrate D. opposite
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. This task is ______ than the one we did last month.
A. more difficult B. difficult
C. the most difficult D. as difficult as
Question 6. We ______ each other at my aunt’s house three years ago and have
been friends ever since.
A. met B. meet C. have met D. were meeting
Question 7. I can’t print out the letter ______ my computer isn’t working.
A. because of B. although C. because D. in spite of
Question 8. Austria, ______ many people have written about, is Moza’s birthplace.
A. where B. that C. which D. who
Question 9. When she was a child, she ______ play many kinds of instruments.
A. must B. could C. can D. should
Question 10. The Kimono is a Japanese ______ costume.
A. tradition B. traditions C. traditional D. traditionally
Question 11. My little brother can ______ English very well.
A. talk B. speak C. say D. tell
Question 12. Tony: “Well, I hope you enjoyed your meal.” - Henry: “______”
A. Oh, absolutely delicious. B. Yes, that’s right.
C. No problem. D. Yes, it’s very interesting.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Dear Mr. Taylor,
(13) ______ 6th January, there is a (14) ______ for classes 3A and 4A to Blackfort
Castle or Walton Zoo. The cost is only £10 - last year it was £15!
We could go by train (15) ______ by bus.
Please tell us which you (16) ______ by 15th December.
Lois Jones
Question 13. A. In B. By C. On D. At
Question 14. A. trip B. journey C. voyage D. route
Question 15. A. and B. or C. so D. for
Question 16. A. select B. favour C. approve D. prefer
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My friends and I went to the cinema to watch a new movie. ______
a. We laughed, gasped, and cheered along with the characters, fully immersed in the
story unfolding on the screen.
b. We bought popcorn, candy, and drinks to enjoy during the movie.
c. We arrived at the cinema, excited to see the movie everyone was talking about.
A. c-b-a B. b-a-c C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. The cinema was packed with people, but we managed to find good seats.
B. We loved the movie, and it was a great way to spend an evening with friends.
C. We were so engrossed in the movie that we barely noticed the time passing.
D. The movie was a bit scary, but we had a lot of fun watching it together.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Malaysia (19) ______ one of the countries of the Association of South East Asian
Nations (ASEAN). It consists (20) ______ the Malay Peninsula and Sarawk and Sabah
on the Island Borneo. It is divided into two regions, known as West Malaysia and East
Malaysia. It has a tropical climate.
(21) ______ capital of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur. Malaysia is the world's biggest
producer of palm oil, and it exports rubber, tin and gas. (22) ______ Islam, the
country's official religion, there are Buddhism, Hinduism and Christianity. Malaysian
people speak Bahasa Malaysia as their (23) ______. It is the language of instruction in
all secondary schools. English, Chinese and Tamil are also (24) ______ spoken in this
country.
Question 19. A. is B. are C. has D. have

B. An C. The D. ∅
Question 20. A. at B. of C. in D. for
Question 21. A. A
Question 22. A. In addition to B. Furthermore
C. However D. Also
Question 23. A. official language B. foreign language
C. mother tongue D. second language
Question 24. A. width B. widen C. wide D. wide
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Where are you going on your holiday?” I asked them
A. I asked them where are they going on their holiday.
B. I asked them where they were going on their holiday.
C. I asked them where they were going on your holiday.
D. I asked them where were they going on their holiday.
Question 26. No one in the group is as young as Mai.
A. Mai is the youngest person in the group.
B. Mai is the most young person in the group.
C. Mai is youngest person in the group.
D. Mai isn’t as young as other people in the group.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She / give / scholarship / have / excellent / results.
A. Because of she had excellent study results, she was giving a scholarship.
B. Although she was given a scholarship, she had excellent study results.
C. She was given a scholarship because of his excellent study results.
D. She was given a scholarship because of her excellent study results.
Question 28. Take /your shoes / when / go /a Japanese house
A. Take out your shoes when you go into a Japanese house.
B. Take off your shoes when they go into a Japanese house.
C. Take off your shoes when you go into a Japanese house.
D. Take up your shoes when go into a Japanese house.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Be careful; rocks might fall.
B. It is safe to climb the rocks.
C. There are no rocks in this area.
D. The rocks are there for decoration.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Speaking Contest
Speaking contest on 20th Oct at auditorium. Open to all students and
professionals. Topic: "Future of Technology." Winner gets $150.
A. The topic of the speaking contest is “Future of Technology.”
Register by 15th Oct on website or at auditorium.
B. The winner of the speaking contest gets $100.
C. The speaking contest is only open to students.
D. The speaking contest is on 15th October.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Litter on Mount Everest
Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. It is also the highest trash pile in
the world. About 400 people try to reach the top every year. Having many climbers
means a lot of trash.
It is very dangerous to climb Mt. Everest. The air is very thin and cold. Most people
carry bottles of oxygen; they could die without it. When the oxygen bottles are
empty, people throw them on the ground. When strong winds rip their tents, people
leave them behind. They don't have the energy to take the trash away. They only
have enough energy to go down the mountain safely.
Trash is a terrible problem. Since people first began to climb Mt. Everest, they have
left 50,000 kilos of trash on the mountain. Several groups have climbed the mountain
just to pick up the trash. When people plan to climb the mountain, they have to plan
to take away their trash.
Question 31. Why do climbers on Mount Everest carry bottles of oxygen?
A. The weather is not cold. B. Climbing makes them tired,
C. The air is very thin. D. They are thirsty.
Question 32. Where do climbers throw their empty oxygen bottles?
A. On the ground B. In trash cans
C. On their back D. In their tents
Question 33. How much trash has been left on the mountain?
A. Four hundred kilos B. Fifty hundred kilos
C. Five thousand kilos D. Fifty thousand kilos
Question 34. The word “them” refers to ______.
A. Tents B. Oxygen bottles C. Strong winds D. Other climbers
Question 35. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. Wind on the mountain B. A problem with trash
C. A dangerous mountain D. Climbing safely
Question 36. The word “pick up” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. collect B. leave C. empty D. save
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The lion dance is called shishi-mai in Japanese. People perform it (37) ______. Shishi-
mai groups also perform at other important occasions such as (38) ______. Most
forms of shishi-mai have one or more people performing the dance. The performers
are excellent at acrobatics. One person controls the lion's head and the other moves
the lion's body. (39) ______. The drummers and flute players often follow the lion
around, but they do not dance with it. (40) ______.
A. The lion dances to the sounds of flutes and drums
B. during New Year celebrations
C. business openings and weddings
D. This performance helps chase away bad spirits and to bring good luck
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 35
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. house B. mouth C. could D. found
Question 2. A. writer B. winner C. worker D. wedding
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. common B. profit C. attract D. travel
Question 4. A. newspaper B. invention C. company D. attitude
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Do you mind if I ______ in here?
A. smoking B. to smoke C. smoke D. smoked
Question 6. There are not many ______ between American and British English.
A. difference B. different C. differences D. differently
Question 7. You sometimes help your mother ______ the housework.
A. do B. doing C. to doing D. did
Question 8. Let’s have a party tonight, ______?
A. won’t we B. shall you C. shall we D. will you
Question 9. We ______ to an interesting song on the radio at 8 p.m. yesterday.
A. were listening B. are listening C. listened D. had listened
Question 10. Air pollution in big cities negatively ______ people’s health.
A. causes B. affects C. controls D. decreases
Question 11. There was no football match on VTV3, so I turned to another ______.
A. media B. television C. number D. channel
Question 12. Jane: “Would you like to go to the concert?” - Bob: “______. I’m very
busy.”
A. All right, let me see B. I’d love to, but I can’t
C. No, not at all D. I don’t think so
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
I know you intended (13) ______ a computer so let's go to Cressweirs on (14) ______
first day of the sale. Computers are £300 cheaper at the moment. (15) ______ a train
to London at 7:10 a.m. Wait for me at the bus stop at 6:30 a.m., (16) ______ we'll
walk to the station together.
Question 13. A. to buying B. buy C. buying D. to buy
Question 14. A. a B. the C. an D. 
Question 15. A. There’s B. It’s C. Here’s D. This is
Question 16. A. but B. so C. nor D. and
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I was excited to try a new recipe for chocolate chip cookies. ______
a. I carefully followed the instructions, mixing the ingredients and baking the cookies
until they were golden brown.
b. The aroma of fresh baked cookies filled the house, and I couldn't wait to taste
them.
c. I gathered all the necessary ingredients, including flour, sugar, butter, chocolate
chips, and vanilla extract.
A. a-b-c B. c-a-b C. b-c-a D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I learned that baking cookies can be a fun and rewarding experience.
B. The cookies turned out perfectly soft, chewy, and full of delicious chocolate chips.
C. I made sure to let the cookies cool down completely before digging in.
D. My family and friends loved the cookies, and they were gone in no time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
(19) ______ pollution is a term that refers to all the ways by which man pollutes his
surroundings. Man dirties (20) ______ air with exhaust gases and smoke,
contaminates the water (21) ______ chemicals and other substances, and damages
the soil with (22) ______ fertilisers and pesticides. Man also pollutes his surroundings
in various other ways, (23) ______, people ruin natural beauty by scattering junk and
litter on the land and in the water.
Environmental pollution is one of the most serious problems facing mankind today.
Air, water, and soil are necessary to the survival of living things. Badly polluted air
can cause illness, and even death. Polluted water kills fish and other marine life.
Pollution of soil reduces the amount of land that is available for (24) ______ food.
Environmental pollution also brings ugliness to man's natural beautiful world.
Question 19. A. Environmentally B. Environmentalist

D. ∅
C. Environment D. Environmental
Question 20. A. a B. the C. an
Question 21. A. with B. by C. for D. in
Question 22. A. too much B. too many C. so much D. so many
Question 23. A. However B. For example C. Therefore D.
Furthermore
Question 24. A. grow B. growth C. growing D. to grow
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “If I were you, I’d buy that house.” Ms. Hoa said to Ms. Lan.
A. Ms. Hoa promised Ms. Lan that she would buy that house.
B. Ms. Hoa advised Ms. Lan to buy that house.
C. Ms. Hoa suggested Ms. Lan to buy that house.
D. Ms. Hoa forced Ms. Lan to buy that house.
Question 26. We haven’t seen each other for five years.
A. The last time we have seen each other was five years ago.
B. The last time we saw each other was five years.
C. The last time we didn’t see each other was five years ago.
D. The last time we saw each other was five years ago.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They / not / have / map, / they / get lost.
A. Because of they didn’t have a map, they got lost.
B. Although they didn’t have a map, they got lost.
C. In spite of they didn’t have a map, they got lost.
D. Because they didn’t have a map, they got lost.
Question 28. They / close down /museum / no longer/ place/ interest.
A. They have closed down the museum because it is no longer a place of interest.
B. They closed down the museum, so it is no longer a place of interest.
C. They closed down the museum although it is no longer a place of interest.
D. They are closing down the museum, but it is no longer a place of interest.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. There are no children in this area at the moment.
B. Be careful and look out for children who may be in this area.
C. Children are not permitted to be in this area.
D. Children are playing in this area right now.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

STUDENTS!
Cleaners are here every Friday,
but please wash up and put things
away after
A. Students are you've used the
not required to kitchen.
clean up after using the kitchen because cleaners
come every Friday. Thank you!
B. Students should clean up and put things away after using the kitchen, even
though cleaners come every Friday.
C. Students can leave their things in the kitchen until the cleaners arrive on Friday.
D. The kitchen is cleaned every day by the cleaners, so students do not need to clean
up after themselves.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
If you are invited to someone's house for dinner in the United States, you should
bring a gift, such as a bunch of flowers or a box of chocolates. If you give your host a
wrapped gift, he or she may open it in front of you. Opening a present in front of the
gift-giver is considered polite. It shows that the host is excited about receiving the
gift and wants to show his or her appreciation to you immediately. Even if the host
doesn't like it, he or she will tell a "white lie" and say how much they like the gift to
prevent the guest from feeling bad.
If your host asks you to arrive at a particular time, you should not arrive exactly on
time or earlier than the expected time, because this is considered to be potentially
inconvenient and therefore rude, as the host may not be ready.
Question 31. What should you bring if you are invited to someone’s house in
America for dinner?
A. flowers B. a carton of milk C. wine D. fruit
Question 32. Opening a present in front of the gift-giver is considered ______.
A. polite B. impolite C. bad D. comfortable
Question 33. What will the host do if he or she doesn’t like the present?
A. Tell a “white lie”. B. Say how much they dislike the present.
C. Prevent the guest from being happy. D. All of them.
Question 34. When should you arrive if you are asked at a particular time?
A. earlier than the expected time B. exactly on time
C. later than the expected time D. very late
Question 35. The word “appreciation” is CLOSEST in meaning to. ______
A. understanding B. disrespect C. thank D. pleasure
Question 36. The word “rude” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. happy B. bad C. polite D. good
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The Ok Om Bok Festival
...Let's go to the Mekong Delta and join the Ok Om Bok Festival of the Khmer people.
(37) ______. Traditionally, the Khmers use the festival to thank the Moon God for
giving them a good harvest. It also marks the end of the year of the Khmer calendar.
(38) ______. When the moon is at its highest position, the monks and the elders offer
young rice and fruits to the Moon God. Then, they take (39) ______ and ask them
about their wishes. People sing and dance in the moonlight. Visitors can participate in
games, watch traditional fashion shows and (40) ______. The next day, villagers
organise the Ngo Boat Race. This is a boat race that attracts many tourists. Here is
some advice to tourists at the Ok Om Bok Festival. They should not wear shorts or
sleeveless shirts when attending the religious ceremony. And don't litter the temple
grounds. And now let's...
A. some young rice to feed children
B. It is also called the Moon Worshipping Festival
C. Ok Om Bok occurs in mid-October according to the lunar calendar
D. see flying lantern contests
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 36
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. ancient B. panda C. salad D. package
Question 2. A. carpet B. comfort C. contact D. city
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. control B. believe C. offer D. report
Question 4. A. important B. domestic C. educate D. increasing
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. ______ have you lived in this town? - For 10 years.
A. How long B. How old C. How many D. How often
Question 6. If Peter were here now, he ______ me with the work.
A. will help B. would help C. helps D. can help
Question 7. The article was posted by James last Tuesday, ______?
A. didn’t it B. isn’t it C. hasn’t it D. wasn’t it

D. ∅
Question 8. My mother worked as ______ nurse when she was young.
A. an B. a C. the
Question 9. The villagers are trying to learn English ______ they can communicate
with foreign customers.
A. in order that B. even though C. however D. because of
Question 10. One way to protect our environment from ______ is to reduce using
plastic bags.
A. danger B. pollution C. flood D. drought
Question 11. At the weekend, the beach got so ______, there was nowhere for us to
sit.
A. empty B. noisy C. peaceful D. crowded
Question 12. “Thanks for your help, Linda.” - “______”
A. With all my heart. B. It’s my pleasure,
C. Never remind me. D. Wish you.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Are you (13) ______ high school student looking for a summer job?
Apply (14) ______ ABC Farming Company. We need (15) ______ employees to collect
soft fruit during the holiday.
Requirements:
- Hard-working
- Strong
- (16) ______
Contact number: 0341206745 (Mr. John)
Address: 15 Black street, Scotland
Question 13. A. an B. a C. the D. 
Question 14. A. for B. with C. to D. in
Question 15. A. some B. little C. much D. any
Question 16. A. Careless B. Careful C. Care D. Carefully
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My family decided to have a movie night at home.
a. We settled down on the couch with blankets and pillows, ready for a cosy evening.
b. We popped some popcorn, made some hot chocolate, and chose our favourite
movie to watch.
c. It was a rainy Saturday evening, and we were looking for a fun indoor activity.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. The movie was so funny that we couldn’t stop laughing.
B. It was a perfect way to relax and spend quality time together as a family.
C. We even had a little competition to see who could guess the ending of the movie
first.
D. It wasn’t a great way to enjoy a movie without having to leave the comfort of our
home.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Health is something we tend to ignore when we have it. When our body is doing well,
we are hardly aware (19) ______ it. But illness can come, even if we are young. In
fact, childhood has been a very susceptible time. (20) ______ diseases attack children
in particular, and people know very little (21)to cure them once they strike. The
result was that many children died. About a century ago, scientists (22) ______ about
germs, and then everything changed. The cause of many diseases was found, and
(23) ______ were developed. As this medical discovery spread, the world became
much safer for children. The result is that a hundred years ago, the average man
lived for 5 years. Nowadays, in many areas of the world, people can expect (24)
______ for 75 years. And what do we expect by the year 2020? Undoubtedly, medical
science will continue to advance. Some people will be able to avoid medical problems
that are unavoidable today.
Question 19. A. about B. for C. of D. in
Question 20. A. Many B. Much C. A lot D. A little
Question 21. A. how B. what C. which D. when
Question 22.A. find out B. have found out C. will find out D. found out
Question 23. A. measures B. cures C. solutions D. effects
Question 24. A. to living B. live C. living D. to live
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. A human brain is more complex than a computer.
A. A computer is not as complex as a human brain.
B. A computer is as complex as a human brain.
C. Compared to a human brain, a computer is too complex.
D. A computer is much more complex than a human brain.
Question 26. Although we live in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
A. In spite we live in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
B. In spite of living in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
C. In spite of life in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
D. In spite of lived in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. you / bring / map / you,/ get / lost
A. If you bring a map with you, you won’t get lost.
B. If you bring a map with you, you will get lost.
C. If you don’t bring a map with you, you won’t get lost.
D. Unless you don’t bring a map with you, you won’t get lost.
Question 28. You / should / stop / eat / sweets / if /want / have / toothache.
A. You should stop eating sweets if you don’t want to have a toothache.
B. You should stop to eat sweets if you don’t want to have a toothache.
C. You should stop eating sweets if you want to have a toothache.
D. You should stop eating sweets if you don’t want having a toothache.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. The path is safe to walk on.
B. Be careful; the ground may be uneven.
C. The path is clear of obstacles.
D. The area is being repaired.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Please remember to lock the door when
you leave the office. This is important for
A. Leave the door unlocked.
security.
B. Lock the door when leaving the office.
C. Only lock the door if someone is inside.
D. The door will be locked automatically.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
TEENAGERS AND SMARTPHONES
Everyone knows that smartphones are very useful and, today, most of my friends at
school have one in their hands at the time. Watch a group of teenagers, and you will
find that instead of talking to each other, most of us are texting on our smartphones.
Teenagers are always texting, and all this messaging can give us Teen Texting
Tendonitis (TTT) which makes the hands, pack and neck hurt.
Having a smartphone makes teenagers want to spend all day talking or texting,
instead of doing things that we are supposed to do, such as our homework. Teens
who spend too much of their time with their phones are always tired; they also start
having other problems. In some cases, they may have headaches. This happens
because most teens keep their smartphones near them while sleeping, so that they
can answer texts and calls. They often feel they have to be available around the
clock.
Using texting all the time as a way of communication can also make US teens worry a
lot. Answering all my friends' texts can make me happy, because it makes me feel
popular. However, if any of my friends take a long time to send back a text, then I
can feel very sad.
Question 31. If you see some teenagers together, what will they probably be doing?
A. They will be shaking hands.
B. They will be holding hands
C. They will be texting on their smartphones.
D. They will be talking to their parents on their phones
Question 32. Teen Texting Tendonitis can make teens have problems with ______.
A. their heads B. their hands C. their heart D. their legs
Question 33. Teens who use their smartphones too much ______.
A. are always tired B. are always fine
C. can sleep very well D. cannot have headache
Question 34. The word “them” in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. headaches B. cases C. phones D. teens
Question 35. The word “available” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. enjoyable B. worried C. free D. busy
Question 36. What is the main idea of the text?
A. Teens communicates by texting B. Teens and smartphones
C. The benefits of smartphones D. Teens and communication
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
If you go to the American state of Alaska, you might find the traditional lifestyle there
interesting. Although Alaska is quite large, with nearly 1.7 million square kilometres,
it has (37) ______.
The native peoples in Alaska still maintain many of their traditions. (38) ______.
Various native groups have their own special styles of carving or weaving as well as
their unique tribal dances and drumming. Therefore, visitors to Alaska may
experience some of their culture in their villages. They may see (39) ______ in
galleries and museums.
(40) ______. Today, dog sledding (= mushing) is more of a sport than a true means of
transport. The best-known race is the Iditarod Trail Sled Dog Race, a 1,510 km race
from Anchorage to Nome. Mushers from all over the world come to Anchorage each
March to compete for cash and prizes.
A. Alaska is also known for its unusual method of transport - the dogsled
B. They keep their old ways of making arts and crafts alive
C. a small population of about 730,000
D. performances of traditional music and native art
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 37
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. home B. folk C. shot D. cold
Question 2. A. casual B. stable C. silent D. upset
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. preserve B. invent C. nature D. diverse
Question 4. A. uniform B. assistant C. collection D. professor
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. I don’t feel ______ at interviews because my English is not very good.
A. confidently B. confidence C. confide D. confident
Question 6. There are some parts of the world ______ even now people cannot live.
A. to whom B. which C. that D. where
Question 7. They ______ in touch since they ______ school 2 years ago.
A. kept - have left B. have kept-leave
C. have kept - left D. keep - had left
Question 8. ______ I use your phone? I need to make a phone call to my mum.
A. would B. Will C. Can D. Must
Question 9. That teacher taught you English last year, ______?
A. didn’t she B. did she C. was she D. doesn’t she
Question 10. He doesn’t have ______ experience of working in an office.
A. some B. much C. an D. many
Question 11. I don’t like doing the ______, especially clearing the windows.
A. homework B. housework C. assignments D. tasks
Question 12. Thanh: “Thank you for your help.” - Giang: “______”
A. You’re welcome B. Never mind C. I agree D. You can say that again
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
VOLUNTEERS WANTED
The Children's Youth Shelters (13) ______ helps our community's youth and teens who
are suffering (14) ______ homelessness. Help us take a stand by making (15) ______
difference in a youth's life by (16) ______ at one of our community shelters!
Volunteer registration day
APRIL 13,2024 FROM 1 PM TO 4 PM
Children Youth Shelter Community HQ
412 Princeton Drive, Brooklyn, NY 11221
www.ChildrenYouthShelters.org
Question 13. A. prideful B. pride C. proudly D. proud
Question 14. A. from B. on C. in D. for
Question 15. A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 16. A. volunteering B. to volunteer C. volunteer D.
voluntary
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I had an exciting day at the zoo with my family. ______
a. We saw many animals like lions, elephants, and colourful birds.
b. After we arrived, we bought tickets and entered the zoo.
c. We took lots of pictures and enjoyed our time together.
A. b-a-c B. a-b-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. It was fun to learn about different animals from around the world.
B. The weather was perfect for walking around all day long.
C. I can’t wait to visit again next year with my friends.
D. Overall, it was a wonderful family outing that I will always remember.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
A WELSH FESTIVAL
Wales has a population of about three million. English is the main language and only
twenty percent speak both Welsh and English. Every year, (19) ______ August there is
a Welsh-speaking festival. It (20) ______ place in a different town each year so
everyone has a chance for it to be near them. Local people spend years making plans
for the festival when it is organised in their town. Each festival (21) ______ by about
160.000 people. They travel not only from nearby towns and villages but also from
the rest of the British Isles and even from abroad. There are concerts, plays and (22)
______ to find the best singers, poets, writers and so on. Shops sell Welsh music,
books, pictures and clothes (23) ______ food and drinks. The festival provides a
chance for Welsh-speaking people (24) ______ together for a whole week, with the
Welsh language all around them.
Question 19. A. on B. at C. in D. by
Question 20. A. has B. finds C. makes D. takes
Question 21. A. is attended B. will be attended C. attends D. attended
Question 22. A. competitions B. examinations C. tests D. races
Question 23. A. for instance B. but C. also D. as
well as
Question 24. A. to be B. being C. be D. to being
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Can I borrow your car, Helen?” said Mary.
A. Mary asked Helen if she can borrow her car.
B. Mary asked Helen if she could borrow her car.
C. Mary asked Helen she can borrow her car.
D. Mary asked Helen she could borrow her car.
Question 26. I spoke slowly and clearly. I wanted the foreigner to understand me.
A. I spoke slowly and clearly so that the foreigner could understand me.
B. I spoke so slowly and clearly that I wanted the foreigner to understand me.
C. I spoke not only slowly but also clearly and the foreigner understood me.
D. The foreigner could understand me easily as 1 spoke slowly and clearly.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. it / rain / heavily,/ singers / still / performed / stage.
A. Although raining heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
B. Despite of it rained heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
C. Although it rained heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
D. In spite of it rained heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
Question 28. COVID-19 vaccines / invent / help / fight / pandemic.
A. COVID-19 vaccines was invented to help fight the pandemic.
B. COVID-19 vaccines invented to help fight the pandemic.
C. COVID-19 vaccines were invented to help fight the pandemic.
D. COVID-19 vaccines invent to help fight the pandemic.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. There is no Wi-Fi here.
B. You can use Wi-Fi for free here.
C. You have to pay to use the Wi-Fi.
D. Wi-Fi is only available in some places.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Free!!
Used books support poor students
to overcome difficulties. Only for hard-working
A. All students can receive books.
students,
B. Books only for hard-working students.
C. Poor but hard-working
receive books from students
2pm - can
5pmtake books
every within 3 hours.
day.
D. Everyone can come from 2pm to 5pm to donate used books.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The traditions of Vietnam are affected by Chinese culture for a long time. In my s
family, women had to do all the housework, take care of their children, fathers and
husbands. They had to obey and respect their fathers and husbands in solving family
\ problem. Women had no choice in controlling the number of babies they needed,
partly they had little knowledge about contraception and as a result of religious and
economic requirements.
Concerning work and education, in the past, women almost stayed at home and did
housework, looked after children and did agriculture jobs like cultivation, livestock
breeding, agricultural process and selling agricultural produce. People thought that
women should not study high, what women should learn was how to cook well, how
to become a good wife, mother. As a consequence, few women finished secondary
school and some studied primary school. In making decisions, women in the past had
no right to decide any social and family problems. Their fathers and husbands would
decide all problems related to family and society.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Traditional roles of Vietnamese women in the past.
B. Traditional roles of Chinese women in the past.
C. Vietnamese women’s roles in work and education.
D. Vietnamese women’s roles in the family.
Question 32. According to the passage, in my family, women had to do ______.
A. partly housework, respect their children, fathers and husbands
B. all housework, look after their children, fathers and husbands
C. all housework, look after their parents and children
D. all housework, solve all family problems
Question 33. The word obey is closest in meaning to ______.
A. argue B. discuss C. follow D. support
Question 34. What does the word they in the first paragraph refer to?
A. women B. husbands C. babies D. fathers
Question 35. What were the women’s roles in the past EXCEPT for?
A. looked after children B. sold agricultural produce
C. decide social and family problems D. did housework
Question 36. Why did few women finish secondary school?
A. because they were thought that they should learn how to cook well, how to
become a good wife, mother
B. because they couldn’t study well enough
C. because they had no right to decide any social and family problems
D. because enjoyed doing housework and looking after children
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
My grandparents live in the countryside. (37) ______. There are many things I like
about life there like the open space, (38) ______. There is one thing which is very
different from city life. That is the village open-air market where the villagers sell
(39) ______.
Not many people in the village have a fridge, so they go to the market every day to
buy food and other necessary things. They all come from the same village, so almost
everybody knows each other. (40) ______. It is also a place for the villagers to meet
and talk. The market brings the people in the village closer.
A. their home-made or home-grown products
B. Every year, I spend my whole summer vacation with them
C. the friendly villagers and the traditional games children play
D. The market is not just a place for buying and selling
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 38
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. expandB. apply C. mature D. disappointed
Question 2. A. gather B. gesture C. garden D. begin
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. lesson B. device C. project D. music
Question 4. A. holiday B. discussion C. favourite D. suitable
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. If I ______ his advice, I would win the match.
A. followed B. would follow C. will follow D. had followed
Question 6. You ______ do morning exercise and eat more vegetables to keep
healthy.
A. must B. should C. can D. may
Question 7. ______ does this washing machine cost? - $250.
A. How B. What C. How much D. How many
Question 8. One of the attractions in my hometown is the traditional market ______
is open every Sunday.
A. whom B. whose C. who D. which
Question 9. The doctor advised my uncle to stop ______ because it’s quite harmful
to his health.
A. to smoking B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoke
Question 10. ______ energy can be easily used in tropical countries where there is
alot of sunlight.
A. Nuclear B. Fossil fuel C. Wind D. Solar
Question 11. Hanoi, the capital of Vietnam, has a(n) ______ of over 8 million people.
A. area B. population C. growth D. climate
Question 12. “Mum. I’ve got 600 on the TOEFL test” - “______”
A. You are right. B. Oh, hard luck! C. Good job! D. Good way!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
SUPPORT PEOPLE IN FLOODED AREAS
 Announcer: the monitor (13) ______ class 10G
 Event: (14) ______ musical performance of class 10G to raise money for people in
(15) ______ areas
 Place: school meeting hall
 Time: 7:30 p.m, Thursday 4th November
 Ticket (16) ______: 20,000 VND

Question 14. A. ∅
Question 13. A. on B. at C. of D. for
B. the C. an D. a
Question 15. A. flooding B. floods C. flood D. flooded
Question 16. A. price B. cost C. pay D. expense
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I spent my Saturday helping at a local community garden. ______
a. After we finished planting, we watered all the new plants carefully.
b. First, I arrived early with some friends and met other volunteers.
c. We worked together to plant flowers and vegetables for everyone to enjoy.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-b-c D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. It wasn’t rewarding to see how our efforts would help beautify the neighbourhood.
B. Everyone had fun working together and sharing stories while gardening.
C. I learned more about gardening techniques from experienced volunteers.
D. By lunchtime, we were tired but happy with what we accomplished.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Botswana, officially the Republic of Botswana, is a country in southern Africa that
shares borders with South Africa, Namibia and Zimbabwe. The capital, Gaborone,
(19) ______ on the Notwane River in the Southeast of Botswana. The Kalahari Desert
covers more than 70% of Botswana. The Kalahari isn't a true desert because it rains
more each year there than in most (20) ______ deserts. Despite this, Botswana is a
dry country. When it does rain, the rain is often heavy and there are floods.
Botswana is a popular tourist destination, with people from all over the world coming
to see its amazing animals. During the seasonal floods, the land becomes a lush
animal habitat. The wide variety of wildlife (21) ______ elephants and lions. Many visit
Chobe National Park to see its 70,000 elephants, (22) ______ are the largest of all
living elephants. The grassland and river valleys are home (23) ______ giraffes,
cheetahs, hyenas and wild dogs. The baobab tree, an icon of the African savannah,
plays an important role in Botswana culture and nearly every part of it is useful. For
example, it is used (24) ______ rope and people pick the leaves to make soup.
Question 19. A. lies B. gets C. sets D. puts
Question 20. A. another B. every C. any D. other
Question 21. A. consists B. contains C. involves D. includes
Question 22. A. what B. who C. where D. which
Question 23. A. on B. to C. at D. in
Question 24. A. making B. to make C. make D. to making
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. New York City is busier than any other city in the world.
A. New York City is as busy as any other city in the world.
B. New York City is so busy as any other city in the world.
C. New York City is the busiest city in the world.
D. New York City is the busiest city than any other in the world.
Question 26. “If I were you, I would take the job,” said my room-mate.
A. My room-mate was thinking about taking the job.
B. My room-mate advised me to take the job.
C. My room-mate suggested taking the job to me.
D. My room-mate invited taking the job for me.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Heavy rain / be / the reason / Mid-Autumn Festival / not / take place.
A. The heavy rain was the reason why the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
B. The heavy rain is the reason which the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
C. The heavy rain was the reason when the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
D. The heavy rain is the reason why the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
Question 28. Covid-19 pandemic, / a lot / schools / world / have to / close.
A. A. Because of Covid-19 pandemic, a lot schools in the world have to close.
B. Because of Covid-19 pandemic, a lot of schools in the world have to close.
C. Despite Covid-19 pandemic, a lot schools in the world have to close.
D. In spite Covid-19 pandemic, a lot of schools in the world have to close.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Go to a different place or location.
B. You can leave right away without waiting.
C. There is no need to wait in this area.
D. Stay and wait at this specific spot or location.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice
The Library has new rules for borrowing books.
You can borrow up to five books at a time.
Books must be returned within two weeks.
A. YouLate
canfees apply
borrow if books
more are returned
than five books at after the due
a time.
B. Books must be returned within
date. two weeks.
C. You do not pay late fees for overdue books.
D. You can keep books forever.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
It is estimated that about 200 million people use the Internet computer network
around the world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of travelling
to work. The Internet allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers
in any part of the world for the cost of a local telephone call. Email allows users to
send documents, pictures and other data from one part of the world to another in at
least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet to do shopping. This saves a lot of time.
It is possible to use the Internet for education - students may connect with their
teachers from home to send or receive emails or talk about their problems through
"online" rather than attend a class.
Question 31. The Internet allows people ______.
A. to stay at home and rest B. not to work
C. to travel to work D. to work at home
Question 32. To a business, the Internet is ______ to communicate with customers.
A. a cheap way B. a very expensive way
C. an inconvenient way D. a difficult way
Question 33. Email can be used to send ______.
A. documents B. pictures C. data D. all are correct
Question 34. Using the Internet for education is ______.
A. impossible B. possible C. inconvenient D. difficult
Question 35. The word “allows” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. forbids B. permits C. stops D. prevents
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The benefits of using the Internet
B. The disadvantage of using the Internet
C. How to use the Internet
D. All are correct
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Today, there are national parks all over the world, and the number is rising all the
time. A national park is a special area for (37) ______.
In Viet Nam, there are now 34 national parks. Con Dao National Park is one of them.
It became a national park in 1993. (38) ______. It contains 16 small islands covering
20,000 hectares. The ecosystem here is very diverse with thousands of species,
including marine animals. Many species of corals as well as (39) ______ live here as
well. The park is also home to a lot of valuable kinds of wood and medicinal plants.
Three ancient trees in the park were named "Vietnamese Heritage Trees".
Con Dao National Park, like other national parks, plays a key role in saving
endangered species as well as protecting the environment and natural resources.
(40) ______.
A. The park is in Con Dao District, Ba Ria-Vung Tau Province
B. It also helps raise the awareness of local residents about the importance of nature
C. the protection of the environment and wildlife
D. sea turtles, dolphins, and endangered dugongs
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 39
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. climate B. comic C. hike D. website
Question 2. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. paper B. tonight C. lecture D. story
Question 4. A. interesting B. surprising C. amusing D. successful
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Our lives ______ since the invention of the Internet.
A. have been improved B. be improved
C. will be improved D. was improving
Question 6. At 5 o’clock yesterday evening, my elder sister ______ her clothes.
A. ironed B. is ironing C. has ironed D. was ironing
Question 7. If people shared household chores, the family life ______ happier.
A. had been B. would have been
C. will be D. would be
Question 8. We should educate the public about wildlife, ______?
A. shouldn’t we B. should we C. don’t we D. do we
Question 9. The man ______ son is my classmate is a very famous scientist.
A. which B. whom C. that D. whose
Question 10. Is your son ______ in French and English?
A. master B. bilingual C. keen D. fond
Question 11. Television can ______ people with the latest information in an
inexpensive and convenient way.
A. apply B. interact C. provide D. communicate
Question 12. Nam and Quan are talking about their plan for the entrance test.
Nam: “Why don’t we prepare for the entrance test together, Quan?”
Quan: “______. We can share our experience with each other.”
A. I’m afraid I can’t B. No, thanks C. I don’t think so D. That’s a good
idea
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
THE NATIONAL FOOTBALL CHAMPIONSHIP ORGANISING COMMITTEE
Wishes to announce that the match between:
Nam Dinh and Binh Duong on Sunday, April 18 has been postponed (13) ______
severe weather conditions (14) ______ the weather is fine, the match will now (15)
______ at 3 p.m. on Sunday, April 25 (16) ______ My Dinh National Stadium.
Question 13. A. because B. due to C. despite D. although
Question 14. A. Before B. While C. Unless D. If
Question 15. A. be played B. play C. played D. is played
Question 16. A. in B. at C. on D. by
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I helped my family prepare dinner last night. ______
A. Then, we put all the ingredients together and cooked it on the stovetop.
B. We decided to make spaghetti and meatballs, my favourite meal!
C. First, we washed our hands and gathered all the ingredients we needed.
A. b - a - c B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. It felt good to help out in the kitchen and be a part of making dinner.
B. The meal was delicious and we enjoyed eating together.
C. After breakfast, we cleaned up the kitchen and relaxed together in the living room.
D. It was a fun experience, and I learned some new cooking skills.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
The television first (19) ______ some fifty years ago in the 1950s. Since then, it has
been one of the most (20) ______ sources of entertainment for both the old and the
young. Television offers cartoons for children, world news, music and many other
(21) ______. If someone is interested in sports, for example, he can just choose the
right sports channel. There he can enjoy a broadcast of an international match (22)
______ it is actually happening. Television is also a very useful way for companies to
advertise their products. It is not too hard for us (23) ______ why there is a TV set in
almost every home today. And, engineers are developing interactive TV (24) ______
allows communication between viewers and producers.
Question 19. A. happened B. made C. invented D.
appeared
Question 20. A. expensive B. remote C. slight D. popular
Question 21. A. schemes B. programs C. reports D. sets
Question 22. A. while B. or C. so D. and
Question 23. A. see B. to see C. to seeing D.
seeing
Question 24. A. who B. what C. which D. whose
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. The weather is terrible. I am very uncomfortable now.
A. If the weather had not been terrible, I wouldn’t be so uncomfortable now.
B. If the weather were not terrible, I wouldn’t be so uncomfortable now.
C. Unless the weather were terrible, I wouldn’t have been so uncomfortable now.
D. If the weather had been terrible, I would be uncomfortable now.
Question 26. “What is Steve doing in the garden now?” she asked.
A. She asked what Steve was doing in the garden then.
B. She asked what was Steve doing in the garden now.
C. She asked what is Steve doing in the garden then.
D. She asked what Steve is doing in the garden now.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The dishes/ my aunt/ cook/ party/ last week/ be/ delicious.
A. The dishes that my aunt cooks for the party last week are delicious.
The dishes that my aunt has cooked for the party last week were delicious.
C. The dishes that my aunt cooked for the party last week were delicious.
D. The dishes that my aunt cooking for the party last week were delicious.
Question 28. In Vietnam,/ basketball / not / popular / football.
A. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular than football.
B. In Vietnam, basketball is not more popular as football.
C. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular as football.
D. In Vietnam, basketball is not as more popular as football.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You are allowed to climb here.
B. Climbing is not suggested or recommended here.
C. Climbing is encouraged and you should do it here.
D. Climbing is not allowed or permitted in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Notice
Restaurant has new rules for

A. You do not need reservations.

to pay a deposit.
B. You can
Youwalk
needin to
anytime.
pay a deposit for
C. You need to pay a deposit for reservations.
D. You can only make reservations for today.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
TAKING A WORKING HOLIDAY
One of the most difficult things young people face when they want to travel is the
lack of funds. During summer holidays and possibly at weekends, they are able to
take on part-time jobs, but the money they make is just a drop in the bucket of what
they need to travel far away. For example, travelling to Australia from Vietnam can
be quite expensive just for an airline ticket, and to a lot of students wanting to travel,
it can seem out of reach.
For students wanting to travel to Australia and New Zealand in particular, however,
they are in luck. Although many countries offer working holidays, these two countries
are well-known for offering them. When a young person signs up to get a working
holiday visa, he only pays for the round-trip airfare to get to either place and only
needs to carry some extra cash for incidentals. Once he is there, a job awaits where
he can earn some money.
Many of the jobs require little or no experience, such as picking fruit or working in a
busy pub out in the countryside. Some of the jobs require more experience than most
people are unlikely to have, such as being a certified welder to work for eight weeks
on a farm. That shouldn't discourage you, though, because there is always something
to be found if you search hard enough.
There are many websites that advertise working holidays in Australia and New
Zealand. If you have the courage and are looking for a way to make a little money
and seethe world, it might be just the ticket you were looking for.
Question 31. Young people face the problem of ______ when they want to travel.
A. documents B. the lack of funds
C. language skills D. culture shock
Question 32. Which countries offer working holidays to students?
A. America and Australia B. New Zealand and America
C. Australia and New Zealand D. Australia and Viet Nam
Question 33. Which jobs require little or no experience?
A. a certified welder working for eight weeks on a farm
B. advertising working holidays
C. selling airline tickets
D. picking fruit
Question 34. Where can people find working holidays advertised?
A. On the Internet B. In magazines
C. On the radio D. In travel guidebooks
Question 35. The word “well-known” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. infamous B. unknown C. famous D. common
Question 36. The word “courage” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. strength B. bravery C. fear D. power
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Shopping centres attract a lot of customers, especially at the weekend, on holidays,
or during sales. People go there to shop. Shopping centres (37) ______ to choose
from. Customers can touch the products and try on clothes and shoes. This makes
them feel more comfortable when they decide to buy something.
However, people also go to shopping centres for many other reasons. (38) ______.
These centres often offer year-round free entertainment for customers of all ages
such as s live music and special performances. During holidays, shoppers can (39)
______. It's a good way to relax. Some people go there just to hang out with friends.
They go browsing and chatting while wandering through the shopping malls. (40)
______. They enjoy walking for one or two hours in clean and well-lit areas. Some
people even go there to avoid the heat or cold outside. Shopping centres offer free
air conditioning and heating.
A. offer a wide range of products
B. see decorations and join In the holiday excitement
C. Some people go there for entertainment
D. Others visit shopping centres to get exercise
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 40
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. erupt B. humour C. uniform D. communicate
Question 2. A. sun B. summer C. sure D. such
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. money B. army C. afraid D. people
Question 4. A. understand B. engineer C. benefit D. Vietnamese
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Michael felt tired. ______, he went to work and tried to concentrate.
A. So B. Therefore C. However D. But
Question 6. It took us three days ______ our project on how to reduce water
pollution.
A. to completing B. to complete C. complete D. completing
Question 7. Jack found an old coin while he ______ in the garden.
A. is working B. working C. was working D. works
Question 8. Khanh Hoa Province often experiences temperatures ______ 29°C and
36°c in the summer.
A. between B. in C. at D. with
Question 9. Smoke, dirt and noise are all kinds of pollutants ______ cause health
problems.
A. whom B. what C. who D. which
Question 10. Reading English books helps ______ my vocabulary and understand the
content where words are used.
A. weaken B. worsen C. narrow D. widen
Question 11. Craft villages are becoming popular in Viet Nam.
A. tourism attractions B. tourist attractions
C. tour attraction D. tourism attractiveness
Question 12. Tom and John are talking about their weekend.
Tom: “Why don’t we go to the beach this weekend, John?” - John:“ ______”
A. Sure, it is a pity! B. Oh, well done!
C. That’s a good idea. D. Yes, we do.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Hotel Receptionist wanted for Plaza Hotel
We need a young and (13) ______ person to work as (14) ______ receptionist at our
hotel in Ha Noi from 20th May to 15th August.
Working hours are (15) ______ 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Responsibilities include receiving guests and visitors, checking them in and out,
taking bookings, and answering the phone.
Ability (16) ______ English is an advantage.
Please contact: The manager, Plaza Hotel
21 Vu Ngoc Duong, Hai Ba Trung, Ha Noi.
Question 13. A. enthusiastically B. enthusiast C. enthusiastic D.

B. ∅
enthusiasm
Question 14. A. an C. a D. the
Question 15. A. to B. from C. at D. on
Question 16. A. to speak B. to speaking C. speak D. speaking
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
We had a memorable day at the zoo yesterday, but things didn't go as smoothly as
we thought. ______
a. When we arrived at the zoo, we found out that it was closed for cleaning.
b. It all started when my family decided to spend the day at the zoo.
c. We were so excited, but on our way there, it began to rain heavily.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Then we asked a staff member if there were any other nearby attractions.
B. The zoo is an amazing place to learn about animals.
C. We returned home feeling disappointed.
D. Luckily, we found a different place to visit nearby.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Ha Long Bay is (19) ______ UNESCO World Heritage Site and popular travel (20)
______ in Quang Ninh Province, Vietnam. The bay features thousands of limestone
karsts and isles in various shapes and sizes. Ha Long Bay is a centre of a larger zone
which (21) ______ Bai Tu Long Bay to the northeast, and Cat Ba Island to the
southwest.
Ha Long Bay has an area of around 1,553km 2, including 1,960 - 2,000 islets, most of
(22) ______ are limestone. The core of the bay has an area of 334km 2 with a high
density of 775 islets. The limestone in this bay has gone through 500 million years of
formation in different conditions and environments. The (23) ______ of the karst in
this bay has taken 20 million years under the impact of the tropical wet (24) ______.
The geodiversity of the environment in the area has created biodiversity, including a
tropical evergreen biosystem, oceanic and seashore biosystem. Ha Long Bay is home
to 14 endemic floral species and 60 endemic faunal species.
Question 19. A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 20. A. situation B. destination C. direction D.
ground
Question 21. A. offers B. includes C. consists D. covers
Question 22. A. them B. those C. which D. whom
Question 23. A. evolutionary B. evolutionarily C. evolution D.
evolve
Question 24. A. weather B. atmosphere C. climate D. season
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “I will visit my grandma this Saturday.” Ann said.
A. Ann said that she would visit my grandma that Saturday.
B. Ann said that she will visit my grandma this Saturday.
C. Ann said that she will visit her grandma this Saturday.
D. Ann said that she would visit her grandma that Saturday.
Question 26. The picture was so expensive that Mr. Brown couldn’t buy it.
A. The picture was expensive enough for Mr. Brown to buy.
B. It was such an expensive picture that Mr. Brown couldn't buy it.
C. The picture was not very expensive that Mr. Brown could buy it
D. The picture was too expensive that Mr. Brown couldn’t buy it.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He / spend / two hours / do / homework.
A. He spent two hours to do his homework
B. He spent two hours doing his homework.
C. He spend two hours doing his homework
D. He spent two hours do his homework
Question 28. Joan/ get wet/ way/ school/ this morning/ because/ she/ forget/
raincoat.
A. Joan getting wet on the way to school this morning because she forgot her
raincoat.
B. Joan got wet on the way to school this morning because she forgets her raincoat.
C. Joan got wet on the way to school this morning because of she forgot her raincoat
D. Joan got wet on the way to school this morning because she forgot her raincoat.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You shouldn’t carry a backpack when you’re in this area.

B. You cannot bring your backpacks into this area.
C. You must pay attention when you bring a backpack.
D. Backpacks are not allowed in this area without your attention.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice
Our glass Store is closed for Independence
Day
for 2 days from September 2 - September
A. The store will be open on September 2nd.
B. The store will be closed3.from September 2nd to September 3rd.
C. The store will be closed on September 4th.
D. The store will open on September 3rd.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
I spent an enjoyable day in the countryside about a few months ago. This place was
not very far from where I lived and it was easy to get there. It was a very beautiful
place. There was a flowing river with clear water that made it more beautiful. I could
see some cows roaming the field and eating grass. My brother and sister also went
with me that day. With the sun shining and a blue sky over our heads, the day was
perfect for enjoying the countryside. After arriving there, we relaxed and enjoyed the
natural view around us first. Then we rented a boat and rode it into the river to do
some fishing, and luckily, we caught some big fish. Finally, we decided to go for a
walk in a beautiful small forest where we discovered a lot of birds and animals. We
tried to count how many different kinds of birds and animals there were, but we
failed because there were so many.
I really enjoyed our day out because it brought me close to a very peaceful and
natural environment, away from the busy and noisy city life.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. A very peaceful countryside
B. A beautiful forest in the countryside
C. The life in the countryside
D. An enjoyable trip to the countryside
Question 32. The word “roaming” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. walking around B. standing in
C. lying in D. sleeping in
Question 33. The writer did many things EXCEPT ______.
A. walking in the forest B. enjoying the view around
C. catching birds D. riding a boat
Question 34. Which of the followings is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. The writer went fishing on a boat and caught some big fish.
B. The writer went on a trip to the countryside alone.
C. The writer could not count birds and animals in the forest.
D. The writer enjoyed a wonderful day in the countryside.
Question 35. The word “it” refers to ______.
A. the view B. the river C. the fish D. the boat
Question 36. The word "natural” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. artificial B. native C. spectacular D. charming
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Air pollution in big cities comes from several sources. (37) ______. The problem starts
when vehicles give out bad gases, which create air pollution. These gases can be
very s dangerous for children. Although fuels are becoming cleaner, air quality is still
affected as (38) ______.
(39) ______. Factories also release bad gases into the air and it causes a lot of air
pollution. Less pollution today comes from coal than in the past. However, air
pollution remains a serious problem around the world because (40) ______ from other
sources, such as cooking, household wastes, and fires.
A. Transport is not the only reason why we have air pollution
B. there are more and more cars and motorbikes on the road
C. bad gases are being released into the air
D. The fuels from vehicles are the main cause of pollution in our cities
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 41
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. bowl B. now C. cow D. down
Question 2. A. cat B. ceiling C. nice D. centre
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. include B. depend C. design D. novel
Question 4. A. official B. attraction C. invention D. comedy
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Mai used to go to school on foot, ______?
A. didn’t Mai B. didn’t she C. did Mai D. did she
Question 6. We don’t allow you ______ in our house.
A. to smoke B. is smoking C. smoked D. smoke
Question 7. The flight to Hanoi was delayed for twenty minutes ______ the weather
was bad.
A. although B. because C. because of D. in spite of
Question 8. Singapore is ______ small city - state in Southeast Asia.
A. the B. an C. a D. 
Question 9. The Louvre Museum ______ from 9 a.m to 6 p.m, every day except
Tuesday and Wednesday.
A. will open B. opens C. open D. will be open
Question 10. Teenagers can become ______ to social networking if they cannot
control the time they spend online.
A. addicted B. hooked C. fond D. keen
Question 11. If we don’t find ______ sources of power such as wind power and solar
energy, we will use up all the fossil fuels in the near future.
A. alternative B. predictable C. efficient D. non-renewable
Question 12. Mai and Trang are talking in the classroom.
Mai: “Would you mind opening the window, Trang? It’s a bit dark here.” - Trang:
“______”
A. Yes, my pleasure. B. No, not at all. C. Yes, let’s. D. Yes, I would.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
This fun course shows you how to design and make (13) ______ fashion jewellery from
nature (14) ______, and particularly how to use photography (15) ______ you get ideas

D. ∅
for your designs. So if you have your own camera, bring it (16) ______.
Question 13. A. a B. an C. the
Question 14. A. materials B. resources C. energy D. disasters
Question 15. A. to help B. help C. helping D. helped
Question 16. A. in B. about C. up D. along
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
We had an unforgettable holiday in Singapore last week. Things didn't go on as
smoothly as we had expected before. ______
a. Upon our arrival at the safari park two hours later, we realised that it was closed
for maintenance.
b. It all started when my parents decided to visit the safari park.
c. We were so excited about the trip, but the moment that we left the hotel, it started
raining.
A. a-c-b B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Then we asked a local man who lived nearby how to get to the park.
B. First, this park is really a must-visit for all nature lovers.
C. We finally got back to the hotel with sadness and disappointment.
D. To begin with, we had a lot of fun exploring the different animal exhibits here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
HOW TO BE HEALTHY
Most of us don't do (19) ______. Adults spend too much time (20) ______ work sitting
in offices, while children spend too much time indoors, playing on their computers.
What is worse is that many of us also don't eat healthy food. (21) ______ food, like
burgers and chips, are very popular with teenagers and adults.
When we don't eat well or exercise, we have problems with our health. This is ( 22)
______ it is important to exercise daily and eat well. This is actually quite easy to do.
We can begin by making small changes. Instead of (23) ______ a bus to work or
school, we can walk or cycle. When we have a meal, we choose healthier food. We
can eat dinner. (24) ______ we do these things, we will be much healthier as well as
happier.
Question 19. A. enough exercise B. exercise enough
C. so much exercise D. so many exercise
Question 20. A. at B. off C. from D. about
Question 21. A. Healthy B. Good C. Fast D. Heavy
Question 22. A. whom B. who C. which D. why
Question 23. A. took B. taking C. to take D. take
Question 24. A. So B. By C. If D. Although
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. People should plant more trees to prevent floods and mudslides.
A. More trees should be planted to prevent floods and mudslides.
B. More trees should plant to prevent floods and mudslides.
C. More frees should be plant to prevent floods and mudslides.
D. More trees should planted to prevent floods and mudslides.
Question 26. I often spend 15 minutes riding to school every day.
A. It often takes me 15 minutes to riding to school every day.
B. It often takes me 15 minutes to ride to school every day.
C. It often takes me 15 minutes ride to school every day.
D. It often takes me 15 minutes riding to school every day.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I wish / I / see / Susan / off / the / airport / tonight.
A. I wish I could see Susan off at the airport tonight.
B. I wish I can see Susan off at the airport tonight.
C. I wish I saw Susan off at the airport tonight.
D. I wish I see Susan off at the airport tonight.
Question 28. Tony / not / play / piano / skillful / Anne.
A. Tony doesn’t play the piano as skillfully than Anne.
B. Tony doesn’t play the piano more skillfully as Anne.
C. Tony doesn’t play the piano as skillfully as Anne.
D. Tony doesn’t play the piano as more skilfully as Anne.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You must keep quiet when other people are around.
B. You are not allowed to talk here.
C. You should talk loudly in this area with your friends.
D. You should not talk loudly in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
Paradise Restaurant Booking is requested.
Call: 20242025
A. You have to book in advance to eat at Paradise Restaurant.
B. You mustn’t book beforehand to eat at Paradise Restaurant.
C. You can eat at Paradise Restaurant without calling.
D. You are requested to eat at Paradise Restaurant.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Tourism will always have an impact on the places visited. Sometimes the impact is
good, but often it is negative. For example, if lots of people visit one place, then this
can damage the environment. The question is - how can we minimise the problems
without preventing people from travelling and visiting places? The main aim of
ecotourism is to reduce the negative impact that tourism has on the environment
and local people. The idea is to encourage tourists to think about what they do when
they visit a place.
It's great to talk about protecting the environment, but how do you actually do this?
There are a number of key points. Tourists shouldn't drop litter, they should stay on
the paths, they shouldn't interfere with wildlife and they should respect local customs
and traditions.
Some people see ecotourism as a contradiction. They say that any tourism needs
infrastructure - roads, airports and hotels. The more tourists that visit a place, the
more of these are needed and, by building more of these, you can't avoid damaging
the environment.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Some Dos for ecotourists
B. Benefits and drawbacks of ecotourism
C. A brief introduction about ecotourism
D. Some Don’ts for ecotourists
Question 32. The word “they” in paragraph 1 refers to ______.
A. people B. problems C. tourists D. places
Question 33. The word “minimise” in paragraph 1 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. reduce B. improve C. decrease D. increase
Question 34. According to paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT mentioned as
an activity to protect the environment?
A. Respecting local customs and traditions.
B. Not interfering with wildlife.
C. Hunting wildlife.
D. Not littering.
Question 35. The word “avoid” in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. present B. prevent C. protest D. pretend
Question 36. According to the passage, ecotourism aims at ______.
A. preventing tourists from travelling B. reducing the tourism problems
C. finding a new form of tourism D. stopping ecotourism altogether
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
My grandma and I share a pastime: knitting. She taught me how to knit when I was
ten years old. In the evening, (37) ______. Now I can knit scarves, hats, and even
sweaters. I remember last year I had to find a birthday present for my dad. (38)
______. I searched the Internet for a day, and finally I found the pattern that came
with a YouTube video showing me how to make a sweater. It took me a week to finish
it.
Dad was so happy with the present and said it was his favourite sweater. (39) ______.
Sometimes you drop stitches or hold the wool too tight, so you need to continually
practise. My grandma says knitting is magical because (40) ______ and a pair of
needles. I love knitting!
A. The best thing about knitting is that it makes you more careful and patient
B. we both sit in front of the TV and knit
C. you can create anything you want with just wool
D. Then I thought of knitting a sweater for him
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 42
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. lecturer B. inventor C. medium D. president
Question 2. A. choose B. teaching C. chemistry D. children
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. famous B. agree C. father D. lucky
Question 4. A. emotion B. occasion C. suggestion D. classical
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. This is the most beautiful place that I ______.
A. have visited B. has visited C. visited D. will visit
Question 6. He practises speaking English ______than his friends.
A. frequent B. more frequent C. frequently D. more frequently
Question 7. The plane arrived at the airport ______after a violent storm.
A. safe B. safely C. safety D. unsafe
Question 8. We have cut down so ______trees that there are now vast areas of
wasteland all over the world.
A. much B. many C. any D. lot of
Question 9. This is the website ______provides updated information about Covid-19.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
Question 10. Remember to turn the light ______when leaving the office.
A. off B. up C. down D. in
Question 11. She is living with her eldest son, ______?
A does she B. aren’t she C. isn’t she D. do she
Question 12. Jack and Tony, two secondary students, are playing near the river.
Jack: “Let’s swim across the river.” - Tony: “______. It’s dangerous.”
A. No, let’s not B. Yes, I’d love to C. No problem D. Great idea
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
FEELING STRESSED?
Need (13) ______ real break (14) ______ working hours?
Having trouble relaxing after work?
Human Resources is bringing you "The Stress Buster"
♦ 15 minutes of total (15) ______ free of charge.
♦ Choose the table (16) ______ full bodywork.
♦ Choose the chair for neck, shoulders, and back.
Where: Employee Lounge
When: Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays
Times: During breaks, lunchtime, after work.
Question 13. A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 14. A. among B. during C. at D. into
Question 15. A. relaxing B. relaxation C. relaxed D. relaxion
Question 16. A. on B. into C. in D. for
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
We had an amazing time in Kyoto last week. ______
a. Finally, we found a small, charming café tucked away on a side street, and the
delicious aroma of freshly baked bread filled the air.
b. We spent the entire morning wandering through bustling markets, trying to find
the perfect souvenirs.
c. The first few hours of our trip to Kyoto were a whirlwind of activity and sensory
overload.
A. c-b-a B. a-b-c C. a-c-b D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. It wasn’t a perfect ending to a fantastic day.
B. We ordered a delicious matcha latte and shared a plate of fresh fruit.
C. We were so tired that we collapsed on the street, hoping to find a place to sleep.
D. This trip reminded us that sometimes the best things are found in unexpected
places.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
I love shopping online. I prefer (19) ______ mobile phone apps, but sometimes I use
my computer. The phone is so convenient for me that I can even do my (20) ______
from bed. I love shopping so much that I buy everything I need at home. But I still
want to get clothes from a store, so I can (21) ______ them on to be sure they fit me
fine.
Yesterday, I bought a birthday present for my mother, and it arrived today. That ( 22)
______ me a lot of time. My friends aren't as comfortable with buying things online as
I am (23) ______ they think that it can be dangerous. Of course, bad things
sometimes happen, but I am very (24) ______ with my personal details. It is important
to be sure that the web page is secure. You can see this if the address has got an "s"
in it, like https://. That "s" means it is safe.
Question 19. A. use B. to use C. using D. uses
Question 20. A. shop B. shopped C. to shop D. shopping
Question 21. A. try B. go C. turn D. depend
Question 22. A. takes B. spends C. saves D. loses
Question 23. A. because B. so that C. although D. because of
Question 24. A. care B. careful C. careless D. carefully
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Vinfast Automobile Company will introduce a new car model.
A. A new car model will introduced by Vinfast Automobile Company.
B. A new car model will be introduce by Vinfast Automobile Company.
C. A new car model will been introduced by Vinfast Automobile Company.
D. A new car model will be introduced by Vinfast Automobile Company.
Question 26. “What have you done to avoid coronavirus?” Linda said to me.
A. Linda asked me what I had done to avoid coronavirus.
B. Linda asked me what had I done to avoid coronavirus.
C. Linda asked me what I done to avoid coronavirus.
D. Linda asked me what you had done to avoid coronavirus.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. People / save / time / the computer / be / invent.
A. People have saved a lot of time for the computer was invented.
B. People have saved a lot of time since the computer was invented.
C. People saved a lot of time since the computer was invented.
D. People saved a lot of time since the computer has been invented.
Question 28. A lot / presents / give / Martha / her birthday.
A. A lot of presents was given Martha on her birthday.
B. A lot of presents were given to Martha on her birthday.
C. A lot of presents gave to Martha on her birthday.
D. A lot of presents were gave Martha on her birthday.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. The fastest you can drive is 55 miles per hour.
B. You should drive at 55 kilometres per hour.
C. You are encouraged to drive as fast as possible.
D. You must drive at least 55 miles per hour.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice
Students will have a break today to participate in the local
“Green Week” event.
Time: 3 PM
A. The event will start at 3 PM.
B. Location:
The event will
Thetake place
vacant in in
area the school
the local gym.
community
C. Students will have a break to attend a “Green Week” event tomorrow.
D. The event will start at 4 PM.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Many children have music classes when they attend school. And it is thought that
music can help them learn other subjects better. Research has shown that it can
improve children's performance in certain subjects.
Some studies have shown that music training can help you understand your own
language better. It could also help you with learning a second one. Moreover, young
people who have studied music also seem to get higher scores in other subjects like
maths. So it could be that these school subjects are connected in some way.
Music also helps you think of new ideas, and believe more in yourself. If you are
learning the guitar, for example, it can be really exciting when you are able to start
composing your own pieces of music. One of the biggest benefits, of course, is
that listening to music can reduce your stress. And composing music can make you
feel the same way. Maybe your musical knowledge will even open up a great career
path for you in the future!
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Benefits of learning music B. New ideas in music
C. Ways to write a piece of music D. Ways to teach music
Question 32. The word “it” in paragraph 1 refers to ______.
A. research B. child C. music D. school
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, students who learn music seem to ______.
A. get higher marks in maths B. know only one language
C. dislike learning other subjects D. dislike learning a second language
Question 34. The word composing in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to
______.
A. learning B. sharing C. writing D. copying
Question 35. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as
a benefit of music?
A. It helps you make more friends.
B. It helps you believe more in yourself.
C. It helps you reduce your stress.
D. It helps you think of new ideas.
Question 36. The word benefits in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. advantages B. improvements C. drawbacks D. supports
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Besides its beauty, the countryside of Britain is well known for many contrasts: its
bare mountains and moorland, its lakes, rivers and woods, and its long, often wild
coastline. National parks which are protected from development by the government
have (37) ______. British people often associate the countryside with farmland, open
spaces like fields of wheat and barley, green fields enclosed by hedges or stone walls
in which cows or sheep are raised. (38) ______. However, the government has built a
network of public footpaths across the farmland.
Many British people enjoy (39) ______where they can spend their free time walking,
cycling, or going for a picnic or a pub lunch. In summer they can pick strawberries
and other fruit in fruit farms. Nowadays, few rural people work on farms. (40) ______.
Many others wish to live in the countryside so that they would have a better and
healthier lifestyle.
A. the most beautiful and picturesque scenery
B. Many of them commute to work in towns
C. the peace and relaxation of life in the countryside
D. Most farmland is now owned by individual people or independent companies
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 43
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. beach B. reason C. season D. jealous
Question 2. A. often B. of C. safe D. knife
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. happy B. hobby C. region D. agree
Question 4. A. tropical B. collection C. tendency D. charity
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Smoking is harmful; ______, many people still smoke.
A. but B. so C. therefore D. however
Question 6. He never eats fish, ______?
A. doesn’t he B. does he C. isn’t he D. did he
Question 7. If you work hard, you ______ in the final examination.
A. will succeed B. succeed C. would succeed D. had succeeded
Question 8. Hoa failed her maths test. ______, she had to do the test again.
A. However B. Because C. Moreover D. Therefore
Question 9. Mr. Brown ______ as a doctor since 2016.
A. worked B. has worked C. works D. have worked
Question 10. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation
(UNESCO), was ______ in 1946.
A. set up B. found out C. run through D. put away
Question 11. Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, hurricanes, and floods are all ______.
A. natural resources B. natural systems
C. natural disasters D. natural roles
Question 12. Jane: “How fashionable a pair of trainers you have!” Mary: “______.”
A. Yes, of course B. It’s my pleasure
C. It’s nice of you to say so D. I know it's fashionable
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
ART OF KOREAN COOKING!
Discover the Art of Korean Cooking with Our Course for Foreigners!
In our course, you can:
 Learn how (13) ______ delicious and healthy Korean dishes from scratch.
 Meet other foodies from around (14) ______ world and share your love of Korean
food.
 Be taught by experienced chefs (15) ______ will guide you through the complexity
of Korean (16) ______.
Sign up for our Korean cooking course for foreigners today!
 Facebook page: www.facebook.com/koreanspeciality
 Hotline: +84120456789
Question 13. A. cooking B. to cook C. cook D. to cooking
Question 14. A. a B. an C. the D. 
Question 15. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
Question 16. A. culinary B. culinarily C. culinarian D.
cuisine
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
We spent a beautiful weekend in the mountains. ______
a. The tiny, flickering candlelight cast dancing shadows, creating a magical
atmosphere.
b. We decided to take a scenic hike through the Redwood forest.
c. The crisp mountain air filled our lungs as we ascended the winding trail.
A. a-b-c B. b-c-a C. a-c-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We finally reached the summit, overlooking a breathtaking vista.
B. We cooked a delicious meal over an open fire, sharing stories under the stars.
C. The silence was broken only by the chirping of crickets and the rustling of leaves.
D. The forest floor is carpeted with fallen leaves, a soft bed for our tired feet.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Imagine a world (19) ______ air pollution is no longer a problem. Clean air is all
around us. People don't have to worry (20) ______ polluting the air every time they
drive their cars. Fuel shortages are no longer a problem either.
Although scientists have been trying for decades (21) ______ a new kind of car that
does not need gasoline, they have been unsuccessful. (22) ______, automobile
engineers have recently succeeded in creating a new kind of car that runs on
gasoline and electricity. This is the famous "hybrid cars". This car gets its name from
the fact that it has a gasoline engine and an electric motor inside. Hybrid cars are
less (23) ______ to the environment and cost drivers less money because they require
less fuel than ordinary cars.
Hybrid cars are becoming widely popular in the United States. They are soon
expected to become widely used around the world. If scientists and engineers
continue to work on car development, perhaps the world with clean air that we
imagined earlier just might become a (24) ______ someday.
Question 19. A. who B. where C. which D. that
Question 20. A. about B. of C. in D.at
Question 21. A. developing B. to develop C. to developing D.
develop
Question 22. A. Therefore B. Although C. However D.
So
Question 23. A. harms B. harmfully C. harmful D. harm
Question 24. A. reality B. popularity C. recognition D.
realisation
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. She started using this washing machine last year.
A. She has used this washing machine for a year.
B. She has used this washing machine since a year.
C. She used this washing machine for a year.
D. She used this washing machine since a year.
Question 26. “If I were you, I would tell him the truth.” Linda said.
A. Linda suggested me to tell him the truth.
B. Linda advised me to tell him the truth.
C. Linda invited me to tell him the truth.
D. Linda advised me telling him the truth.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Jack / not / drive / careful / Linda / do.
A. Jack doesn’t drive as carefully than Linda does.
B. Jack doesn’t drive as careful as Linda does.
C. Jack doesn’t drive as carefully as Linda does.
D. Jack doesn’t drive more carefully as Linda does.
Question 28. They / allow / go out / evening / by / parents.
A. They are not allowed go out in the evening by their parents.
B. They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
C. They don’t allow to go out in the evening by their parents.
D. They isn’t allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Children are not allowed to run in the pool area.

B. Swimming is not allowed in this pool.
C. Do not approach this area.
D. This pool area is slippery, so walk slowly.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Take three times a day after meals.

Tables must not be given to
children
A. Take tablets under
three times 12 after meals; suitable for children under 12.
a day
B. Take tablets three times a day after meals; not for children under 12.
C. Take tablets once a day; suitable for children under 12.
D. Take tablets three times a day before meals; suitable for children under 12.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Most people would say they know what stress is, but for scientists who study stress,
it has been surprisingly hard to define. This is because there are so many ways of
looking at stress. Some researchers have studied how our bodies react to stress. You
know how your heart beats faster, you perspire more heavily, and your words do not
come out right when you are placed in a stressful situation. But knowing how we feel
when experiencing stress does not explain it; nor does it tell us what causes it.
Other scientists have looked at stressors: events or situations that produce stress. A
deadline, a poor test performance, or bothersome noises all may be thought of as
stressors. Even pleasant events can be stressors. Planning a party or starting a new
job can be just as stressful as being called to the principal's office. Stress, then, can
be caused by both negative and positive events, or stressors. Of course, whether an
event is thought of as positive or negative is, in some ways, a matter of personal
choice.
In sum, it is the way people interpret an event that makes it stressful or not
stressful. This process of interpretation is called appraisal. Depending on how people
appraise, or judge, circumstances, they may or may not consider them stressful.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Stress and students B. Definition of stress
C. Stress in family D. Advantages of stress
Question 32. The word “it” in paragraph 1 refers to ______.
A. experience B. stress C. body D. situation
Question 33. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 2 as stressors?
A. Faster running B. A poor test performance
C. Annoying noises D. A deadline
Question 34. The word “pleasant” in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to
______.
A. modern B. boring C. enjoyable D. careful
Question 35. According to paragraph 3, which of the following can make an event
stressful or not?
A. The bad results of performances. B. The way people interpret it.
C. The place where it happens. D. The attitudes of the others.
Question 36. The word “stressful” in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. anxious B. strained C. calm D. nervous
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Sir Tim Berners-Lee, an English computer scientist, (37) ______. At first, he wanted to
develop a web for scientists around the world to share information and the results of
their experiments. (38) ______. But he created a way to use the Internet to link
documents to each other. Soon, he turned it into a free space for people to share
knowledge, communicate, and cooperate.
The World Wide Web allows people to get all kinds of information online. (39) ______.
It has become a significant tool for everyone, from scientists, and researchers to
young students as well. Scientists and researchers can share their study results,
students can use it for (40) ______. Businesses even use it to advertise their products
and to do business. Everybody can use the World Wide Web to watch videos,
communicate, and attend meetings.
A. The information can be images, videos, or files
B. learning or doing research online
C. At that time the Internet already existed
D. invented the World Wide Web in 1989
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 44
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. meaning B. reason C. feature D. pleasant
Question 2. A. accurate B. accept C. accident D. success
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. reduce B. enjoy C. lunar D. arrive
Question 4. A. family B. typical C. grandparents D. embroider
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. The local people are trying their best to protect the ______ beauty of
their city.
A. nature B. natural C. naturalist D. naturally
Question 6. My children are very ______ about going to the zoo.
A. excited B. excitement C. exciting D. excite
Question 7. All the plants and flowers in the garden ______ by my dad every day.
A. are watered B. watered C. were watering D. will water
Question 8. The picture ______ I bought was painted by a famous artist.
A. whom B. whose C. who D. which
Question 9. This newly open restaurant is ______ as the old one in the city centre.
A. the most expensive B. as expensive
C. expensive D. more expensive
Question 10. The Ao Dai is the ______ dress of Vietnamese women.
A. traditional B. fashionable C. official D. artificial
Question 11. The cinema is no longer as popular as it was in the 1930s and the
1940s, but it’s still an important ______ of entertainment.
A. source B. status C. origin D. prospect
Question 12. - The man: “Can you tell me the way to the supermarket?” - The boy:
“______”
A. Yes, I like everything. B. It opens at eight o’clock.
C. Have a good time! D. Turn right then turn left.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
BADMINTON CLUB
Are you already (13) ______ badminton player? Do you want (14) ______ to play
badminton? Everyone is welcome at our club, especially beginners.
We meet in the school (15) ______ every Thursday at 4 p.m. We play for fun, (16)
______ we also play matches and practise our skills.
Come to our club!
Question 13. A. an B. a C. the D. 
Question 14. A. to learn B. learn C. learns D. learning
Question 15. A. library B. classroom C. gym D. gate
Question 16. A. so B. but C. and D. or
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I went to a new restaurant yesterday. The food was delicious, but there was one
problem. ______
a. I told the waiter about the mistake, and he apologised and offered me a free
dessert.
b. I had ordered a steak, but when it arrived, it was overcooked.
c. I was really looking forward to trying this new restaurant because I had heard great
things about it.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. b-c-a D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I won’t definitely come back to this restaurant next time.
B. I was so disappointed that 1 didn’t finish my meal.
C. The service was excellent, and the atmosphere was very relaxing.
D. Overall, I had a good experience at the restaurant.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Oxford is one of the most beautiful cities of England and its university is the (19)
______ in the country. Every year hundreds of young people (20) ______ to Oxford
from school to spend three or four years at the university, and they never forget their
time there.
People who come from other countries like to visit Oxford (21) ______ they are in
England, because it has (22) ______ interesting buildings. If you go to Oxford, you
(23) ______ the colleges, the old churches and the crowd of people, cars and bicycles
in the busy High Street, the most important street in Oxford. If you like, you can ( 24)
______ a boat on the river in the sunshine. You will enjoy your visit to this old city very
much.
Question 19. A. old B. older C. oldest D. elderly
Question 20. A. come B. came C. have come D. will come
Question 21. A. therefore B. while C. if D. although
Question 22. A. much B. a little C. many D. amount of
Question 23. A. will see B. see C. would see D. could see
Question 24. A. book B. come C. get D. take
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Would you like to go to the show with me?” Anna said to Bella.
A. Anna reminded Bella to go to the show with her.
B. Anna persuaded Bella to go to the show with her.
C. Anna encouraged Bella to go to the show with her.
D. Anna invited Bella to go to the show with her.
Question 26. The girl is so intelligent. I am talking to her.
A. The girl whom I am talking to her is so intelligent.
B. The girl whom I am talking to is so intelligent.
C. The girl, that I am talking is so intelligent.
D. The girl which I am talking to is so intelligent.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It / be / very kind / Linda / help / me / do / homework.
A. It was very kind of Linda helping me do my homework.
B. It is very kind of Linda help me do my homework.
C. It was very kind of Linda to help me do my homework.
D. It was very kind of Linda that helps me do my homework.
Question 28. I’ve gone / some countries / people / drive / the left.
A. I’ve gone to some countries, that people drive on the left
B. I’ve gone to some countries which people drive on the left there.
C. I’ve gone to some countries where people drive on the left there.
D. I’ve gone to some countries where people drive on the left.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You can park very close to the school entrance.
B. You must park at least 25 metres away from the school entrance.
C. You can park in front of the school entrance.
D. You must park inside the school entrance.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please come 10 minutes early for your

A. Arrive 10 minutes late for your appointment.
appointment.
B. You should arrive for that meeting 10 minutes in advance.
C. You should be there 10 minutes before the meeting starts.
D. Cancel your appointment 10 minutes in advance.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Since the 19th century, companies have looked for better and cleaner ways of
creating electricity. One UK company has created a special type of floor made of
square tiles. Under each square, there is a system that can create electricity very
cheaply when someone steps on it!
The design of the floor works very well when it is used in very busy areas. And the
reason is that a lot of energy is created simply because of the large numbers of
people walking across the floor. The floor can have other uses too; one of them is to
record how many people visit a shopping centre. This kind of information is very
useful for shop owners because very often they want to know at which times of a
day they have the highest numbers of customers, so the next time you visit a
shopping centre, have a careful look at the floor that you are walking across!
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. A shopping centre that sells electricity
B. A new way to build houses
C. A special floor that creates electricity
D. A difficulty in creating electricity
Question 32. The word "creating" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. saving B. spending C. generating D. exploring
Question 33. According to paragraph 1, the special floor creates electricity when
______.
A. someone covers it B. someone steps on it
C. someone looks at it D. someone cleans it
Question 34. The word "useful" in paragraph 3 is in OPPOSITE meaning to ______.
A. kind B. useless C. helpful D. careful
Question 35. The word "they" in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. people B. times C. days D. shop owners
Question 36. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a good thing about the
floor in the passage?
A. It helps shops attract more customers.
B. It is good for shop owners.
C. It creates electricity very cheaply.
D. It works very well in very busy areas.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
A corner shop or a convenience shop is a British tradition. (37) ______. We can find a
corner shop at the end of a local street in many neighbourhoods in towns and cities
across the UK. The corner shop (38) ______ and simple food and drinks like snacks,
groceries, coffee, and soft drinks. It also sells newspapers, magazines, and
cigarettes.
Convenience stores are originally from America. They are like the British corner
shops. The only difference is that convenience stores are often open 24 hours. (39)
______. You can find a convenience store at any residential area, a filling station, a
railway station, or alongside a busy road.
Today, there are convenience stores all over the world. Each country has its own
brand of convenience stores as well as the global brand 7-Eleven.
Both corner shops and convenience stores (40) ______, but they are much more
convenient.
A. It is a small retail shop
B. Probably the most well-known convenience store is 7-Eleven
C. sells all kinds of household goods
D. sell things at higher prices than the supermarket
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 45
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. culture B. student C. distance D. mistake
Question 2. A. dream B. mean C. peace D. head
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. story B. knowledge C. colleague D.
device
Question 4. A. meaningful B. suitable C. attentive D. courteous
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Tom plays soccer very well, _______?
A. does he B. doesn’t he C. did he D. didn’t he

D. ∅
Question 6. They inform that they will move to _______ United States soon.
A. the B. a C. an
Question 7. I don’t want to eat _______ because I am not hungry.
A. everything B. anything C. nothing D. something
Question 8. The tour guide told them _______ trash onto the water.
A. not throw B. not to throw C. to not throw D. not throwing
Question 9. My aunt Judy, _______ works in the national bank, earns a lot of money.
A. that B. who C. where D. which
Question 10. If we _______ littering, the environment will be polluted.
A. turn off B. go on C. go to D. turn on
Question 11. I am very much interested in learning more about ecotourism and its
_______.
A. problems B. advantages C. dangers D. issues
Question 12. Mai: “I have just got a job in an international bank in Hanoi.” - Liz:
“_______”
A. You’ re welcome B. Congratulations
C. That’s a good idea D. Never mind
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
OUTDOOR CINEMA
The cinema is (13) _______ by hills and there are beautiful views.
It's possible to watch (14) _______ sunset during a film.
Cinema visitors (15) _______ to take a cushion with them to sit on
It's a good idea (16) _______ a picnic when the film is over.
Cinema tickets can be bought online at www.CITYENTS.org.
Question 13. A. located B. surrounded C. made D. situated
Question 14. A. the B. a C. an D. 
Question 15. A. are advised B. advise C. have advised D. advising
Question 16. A. having B. have C. to have D. had
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
My first day of high school was a bit chaotic. I was nervous and excited at the same
time. _______
a. I couldn't find my class and ended up getting lost in the hallway.
b. I was so excited to start a new chapter in my life.
c. I had been looking forward to it for months.
A. a-b-c B. c-a-b C. b-c-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Luckily, a friendly teacher helped me find my way.
B. I made a lot of new friends on my first day.
C. High school is going to be a great experience.
D. I was relieved when the day was finally over.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
According to the 2022 update of the World Health Organization's (WHO) air quality
database, almost all global population (19) _______ polluted air. A record number of
over 6000 cities in 117 countries are now monitoring air quality, but the people living
in them are still taking in (20) _______ levels of nitrogen dioxide (NO2), a common
urban pollutant. The findings have made the World Health Organization highlight the
importance of limiting fossil fuel use and taking other steps to (21) _______ air
pollution levels.
"It is unacceptable to still have 7 million preventable deaths and countless
preventable lost years of good health (22) _______ air pollution. That's what we're
saying when we look (23) _______ the mountain of air pollution data, evidence, and
solutions available. Yet too (24) _______ investments are still being sunk into a
polluted environment rather than in clean, healthy air," said Dr Maria Neira, WHO
Director. Department of Environment, Climate Change and Health.
Question 19. A. eats B. breathes C. overcooks D.
simmers
Question 20. A. unhealthy B. healthcare C. healthful D.
healthily
Question 21. A. achieve B. maintain C. reduce D.
increase
Question 22. A. due to B. because C. although D. while
Question 23. A. to B. after C. for D. at
Question 24. A. more B. little C. much D. many
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “What kind of books do you like best, Linda?” asked Peter.
A. Peter asked Linda what kind of books she likes best.
B. Peter asked Linda if what kind of books she liked best.
C. Peter asked Linda what kind of books she liked best.
D. Peter asked Linda what kind of books did she like best.
Question 26. I’ve been to Milan. It is the kingdom of fashion.
A. I’ve been to Milan, which is the kingdom of fashion.
B. I’ve been to Milan, where is the kingdom of fashion.
C. I’ve been to Milan which is the kingdom of fashion.
D. I’ve been to Milan, that is the kingdom of fashion.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. We / stuck / traffic jam, / we / go / work / late / this morning.
A. We are stuck in a traffic jam, so we went to work late this morning.
B. We were stuck in a traffic jam, but we went to work late this morning.
C. We are stuck in a traffic jam, or we went to work late this morning.
D. We were stuck in a traffic jam, so we went to work late this morning.
Question 28. I / suggest / put / garbage bins / around / schoolyard.
A. I suggest to put the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
B. I suggested putting the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
C. I suggest put the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
D. I suggested to putting the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Be careful as there is ice on the street.
B. Be careful when driving as the road is bumpy.
C. Be careful as the road is narrow ahead.
D. Be careful when driving as the road is slippery.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

 FOR SALE 
Ski boots size 38
Excellent condition
A. TheMake
ski boots areoffer!
me an for sale; you can suggest a price.
B. The ski boots are free.
C. The ski boots are not for sale.
D. The ski boots are only for kids.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Most people think that housework is boring and is the responsibility of wives and
mothers only. Many parents don't ask their children to do housework so that they
have more time to play or study. However, studies show doing chores is good for
children.
Kids who do housework develop important life skills that they will need for the rest of
their lives. Doing the laundry, cleaning the house, and taking care of others are
among the important skills that children will need when they start their own families.
These are the things that schools cannot fully teach, so its important for children to
learn them at home. Sharing housework also helps young people learn to take
responsibility. They know that they have to try to finish their tasks even though they
do not enjoy doing them. Doing chores also helps develop children's gratitude to
their parents. When doing housework, they learn to appreciate all the hard work their
parents do around the house for them. In addition, doing chores together helps
strengthen family bonds, creating special moments between children and parents. It
makes children feel they are members of a team.
All in all, doing housework can bring a lot of benefits to children. It teaches them life
skills and helps build their character. Therefore, parents should encourage their kids
to share the housework for their own good as well as the good of the whole family.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The problems of doing household chores
B. The benefits of doing housework
C. The importance of teaching children traditional values
D. The hidden dangers of doing domestic chores
Question 32. The word "they" in paragraph 1 refers to _______.
A. parents B. studies C. chores D. children
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, children who do household chores _______.
A. are under a lot of pressure B. learn some necessary life skills
C. are good at managing things D. can start their families soon
Question 34. The word "bonds" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _______.
A. strong connections B. traditional values
C. positive images D. major contributions
Question 35. Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Doing housework can be beneficial to children’s development.
B. Some important life skills aren’t fully taught at school.
C. Sharing housework helps kids develop their gratitude to parents.
D. Doing household chores only brings benefits to children.
Question 36. The word "encourage" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
_______.
A. boost B. inspire C. assist D. disapprove
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Like many countries, Britain has serious environmental problems. (37) _______. The
government introduced new laws to stop (38) _______ and the situation improved a
lot.
Today, London is much cleaner but there is a new problem: smog from cars. In
December 1991, there was very little wind in London and pollution increased. As a
result, about 160 people died from pollution in just four days.
Part of the problem is (39) _______. In the past, people often walked to shops near
their homes or went by bus. Now, many people drive to the new shopping centres.
The small shops have disappeared, and more people have to travel to do their
shopping.
(40) _______. Some cities now have special bicycle lanes, so people cycle to work.
Some people also travel to work together in one car to reduce pollution and costs.
A. smog from coal fires and factories
B. In 1952, more than 4,000 people died in London because of the smog
C. Many people are trying to reduce the use of cars in Britain
D. the new "out of town" shopping centres
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 46
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. park B. start C. card D. catch
Question 2. A. chaos B. chance C. cheer D. child
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. tourist B. sunshine C. weather D. control
Question 4. A. ambitious B. beautiful C. suitable D. different
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just ______, please?
A. a few B. any C. few D. a little
Question 6. She didn’t have enough time ______ all the interesting places.
A. visit B. visiting C. visited D. to visit
Question 7. Tony doesn’t work ______ Antony.
A. as hard B. more hard than
C. as hard as D. most hardest
Question 8. If they worked more carefully, they ______ so many mistakes.
A. won’t make B. don’t make C. wouldn’t make D. didn’t make
Question 9. He prefers soccer ______ tennis.
A. from B. than C. to D. or
Question 10. There is ______ apple, ______ banana and ______ cups of tea on the
table.
A. an – a – some B. an – a – a C. a – an – some D. some – a – some
Question 11. Who will look ______ the baby while we go out?
A. out B. up C. on D. after
Question 12. “It is very kind of you to invite us to your party.” - “______”
A. No, thanks. B. Good idea, thanks.
C. OK. That’s great. D. It’s my pleasure.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Announcement of Autumn Break
Dear Parents,
Please note that school will be closed (13) ______ Monday 23rd October to Sunday 29th
October for the Mid Term Autumn (14) ______.
Students should (15) ______ to school on Monday 30th October, 2023.
If you have (16) ______ questions, please contact us at 0227.222.468.
Best regards.
Question 13. A. on B. from C. in D. during
Question 14. A. break B. relaxation C. rest D. end
Question 15. A. return B. come C. go D. arrive
Question 16. A. some B. a C. any D. many
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Last weekend, I went to a music festival with my friends. We had a great time, but
there was one downside. ______
a. We danced to our favourite bands and sang along to the music.
b. We had been looking forward to the festival for weeks.
c. Unfortunately, the sound system was terrible, and we couldn't hear the music very
well.
A. b-a-c B. a-b-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Despite the sound problems, we still had a lot of fun.
B. I hope the organisers won’t improve the sound system next year.
C. I’m not sure if I’ll go to another music festival again.
D. The festival was held in a beautiful outdoor location.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
More and more people live in large cities these days and this means that it is s
becoming difficult (19) ______ space and time for themselves. But for many people,
personal privacy is very important. In many homes, (20) ______ minutes in the
bathroom is all the privacy that is available. Teenagers need their own personal
space at home (21) ______ they can feel relaxed and private. But, of course, not all
teenagers are lucky enough to have a room of their own. Where space is narrow, they
often (22) ______ share a bedroom with a brother or sister. In that case, it's a good
idea for them to have a special area or corner of the room to call their own. It's
especially important for young people to have somewhere to keep their personal
things. There should be enough storage space for them (23) ______ shelves,
cupboards and boxes. This will (24) ______ the teenagers to keep their space tidy if
they want to.
Question 19. A. finding B. to find C. find D found
Question 20. A. any B. a C. a little D. a few
Question 21. A. who B. whose C. where D. whom
Question 22. A. have to B. should C. may D. can
Question 23. A. as B. such as C. so that D. because of
Question 24. A. let B. prevent C. make D. allow
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. “Can you pass me the notebook, Janet”? asked Peter.
A. Peter asked if Janet could pass him the notebook.
B. Peter asked if Janet can pass him the notebook.
C. Peter asked if Janet could pass me the notebook.
D. Peter asked if you could pass him the notebook.
Question 26. This is the first time I have seen that man.
A. I haven’t never seen that man here before.
B. I have seen that man here before.
C. I haven’t seen that man here before.
D. I haven’t saw that man here before.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. New York / crowded / city / the world.
A. New York is most crowded city in the world.
B. New York is the most crowded city in the world.
C. New York is the crowdedest city in the world.
D. New York is the more crowded city in the world.
Question 28. About / use / banana leaves / instead / plastic bags / save energy?
A. What about to use banana leaves instead of plastic bags to save energy?
B. How about using banana leaves instead of plastic bags save energy?
C. What about using banana leaves instead of plastic bags to save energy?
D. How about use banana leaves instead of plastic bags to save energy?
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. Anyone can park here.
B. Only vehicles with a handicap permit can park here.
C. Parking is free in this spot.
D. This spot is reserved for electric vehicles.
Question 30. What does the message say?

A. Daniel is going to the shops and will meet Jake later.

B. Daniel wants to see a film with Jake and can meet at 2:30.
C. Daniel cannot meet Jake this afternoon.
D. Daniel wants to see the film alone and will not meet Jake.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The most obvious advantage of living green is that it helps reduce environmental
pollution. This is done by practising the 3Rs.The first R means choosing products very
carefully to reduce waste as much as possible. Reusing involves the repeated use of
items. The third R is about separating materials that can be recycled and later used
for a new purpose.
There are also economic benefits to living green. Reducing the use of energy and
water can help save money on household bills. Furthermore, reusing products and
materials is another way to make savings, it helps save on production costs since
creating new products wastes materials and is expensive. Recycled products also last
longer than Í new ones, making them a better and more eco-friendly option.
Lastly, going green offers health benefits. It reduces air pollutants by making the air
we breathe cleaner and healthier. This means fewer diseases and doctor's
appointments. Another way to improve your health is to purchase organic foods and
green products for your household. They don't use harmful chemicals that can lead
to health issues. In turn, you are also supporting responsible farming methods that
protect the environment.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The pros of a green lifestyle.
B. Difficulties in adopting a green lifestyle.
C. Trends in green living.
D. Using organic foods and green products for your household.
Question 32. The word “obvious" in the 1st paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. noticeable B. unclear C. evident D. certain
Question 33. According to the text, how can we practise the 3Rs?
A. By reducing waste as much as possible.
B. By reusing and recycling items.
C. By saving money on household bills.
D. By doing both A and B above.
Question 34. Which of the following is given in the text as a benefit of living green?
A. political benefit C. cultural benefit
B. health benefit D. industrial benefit
Question 35. The word ‘it’ in paragraph 2 refers to ______.
A. creating new products B. reusing products
C. making savings D. purchasing organic foods
Question 36. The word ‘harmful’ in the last paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to
______.
A. economical B. toxic C. pure D. beneficial
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Cultural differences occur wherever you go abroad. When visiting another country,
you should be aware of those differences and respect them. (37) ______.
Every traveller to a foreign country feels awkward at some point. (38) ______. Your
best defence is a sense of humour. If you can laugh off eating with the wrong hand in
s India, locals will be more accepting of you.
(39) ______ is important too because locals will judge you by what you wear. In some
Middle Eastern countries, exposing your flesh is forbidden, especially if you are a
woman. So, leave your torn jeans at home.
Also, be cautious about expressing emotions. (40) ______ just makes you look silly.
In some countries, it is unwise to kiss in public.
A. Here are some tips on how to fit in
B. Wearing proper clothes
C. How you act may make locals laugh
D. Getting angry in Southeast Asia
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 47
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. walk B. call C. take D. talk
Question 2. A. thin B. threat C. throat D. though
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. carry B. remove C. protect D. consist
Question 4. A. exciting B. entertain C. annoying D. forbidden
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. In 1995, a huge earthquake ______ severe damage to Kobe City, Japan.
A. has caused B. caused C. causes D. cause
Question 6. Egypt is famous ______ ancient pyramids.
A. on B. for C. from D. to
Question 7. This school is only for children ______ first language is not English.
A. that B. who C. whose D. which
Question 8. I don’t know how ______ this exercise. Could you do me a favour?
A. do B. doing C. to do D. did

D. ∅
Question 9. That is ______ funniest story I’ve ever read.
A. the B. a C. an
Question 10. Don’t set off fireworks too close to your house, ______?
A. do you B. don’t you C. will you D. won’t you
Question 11. This restaurant is a very famous one in this city, so it is always ______.
A. crowded B. expensive C. clean D. cosy
Question 12. Mai and Linda are talking about how to save electricity.
Mai: “I think we should turn off all the fans before leaving the classroom.” - Linda:
“______.”
A. That’s a good idea. B. No, thanks.
C. How far? D. Do you like it?
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
CALL FOR VOLUNTEERS
Are you free for the next summer holiday? Are you fond (13) ______ helping the
disadvantaged children and exploring cultures in the mountainous areas?
Apply to The Green Summer Campaign of ABC Community Club. We call for
volunteers for summer activities for the community.
✱ Enthusiasm and (14) ______ good health needed
✱ No payment
✱ Training and full instructions (15) ______ doing tasks
Contact us at the phone number: 0979069787
Visit our website for further (16) ______.

Question 14. A. ∅
Question 13. A. of B. with C. for D. to
B. a C. an D. the
Question 15. A. after B. before C. during D. when
Question 16. A. informatively B. information C. informative D. inform
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I recently started learning how to play the guitar. It's been a challenging but
rewarding experience. ______
a. I've been practising every day, and I'm starting to see some progress.
b. I've always wanted to learn how to play an instrument.
c. At first, it was difficult to coordinate my fingers and strum the chords.
A. a-b-c B. b-c-a C. c-a-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I’m glad I decided to take up guitar lessons.
B. Playing the piano is a great way to relax and de-stress.
C. I hope to be able to play in a band someday.
D. Learning a new skill can be neither exciting nor frustrating.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Ha Long Bay, (19) ______ in Quang Ninh Province, Viet Nam, was recognised as a
World Heritage Site by UNESCO in 1994. It is famous (20) ______ its beautiful scenery.
With its thousands of rocks and caves emerging out of the water, Ha Long Bay has
won international recognition. As visitors explore this magnificent place, there are
always new surprises for them.
Cruise tours are very popular in Ha Long Bay. There are different cruise tours (21)
______ tourists can visit many different caves, and experience the local culture and
life on the water. Therefore, a tour may (22) _____ from several hours to (23) ____
day, which gives the visitors a great experience.
Ha Long Bay cuisine presents another attraction for tourists. It is well-known for its
fresh seafood (24) ______ crabs, prawns, and sea clams. A trip to Ha Long Bay is not
complete without tasting the authentic local food served in many restaurants in the
area.
Question 19. A. belonged B. located C. placed D. stayed
Question 20. A. for B. to C. about D. with
Question 21. A. so B. although C. but D.
unless
Question 22. A. dance B. sing C. last D. visit
Question 23. A. the B. a C. some D. an
Question 24. A. such as B. in addition C. moreover D.
example
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. She speaks Russian better than her sister.
A. Her sister doesn’t speak Russian as well as her.
B. Her sister speaks Russian as well as her.
C. Her sister doesn’t speak Russian worse than her.
D. Her sister speaks Russian better than her.
Question 26. I’m looking forward to New Year’s Eve. All members of the family get
together on that day.
A. I’m looking forward to New Year’s Eve which all members of the family get
together.
B. I’m looking forward to New Year’s Eve that all members of the family get together.
C. I’m looking forward to New Year’s Eve when all members of the family get
together.
D. I’m looking forward to New Year’s Eve who all members of the family get together.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Ted / invite / me / party, / 1 / busy.
A. Ted invited me to his party, so I was busy.
B. Ted invited me to his party, and I was busy.
C. Ted invited me to his party, or I was busy.
D. Ted invited me to his party, but I was busy.
Question 28. The children / be / interest / watch / the film.
A. The children were interested in watching the film.
B. The children are interesting in watching the film.
C. The children were interested on watching the film.
D. The children are interested in watching the film.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. The restrooms are in the opposite direction.

B. Follow the sign to find the restrooms.
C. Restrooms are closed.
D. The restrooms are located outside.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

A. Adults can take children to the museum in the morning.

B. Adults with children over 12 will enjoy the museum.
C. Children can visit the museum alone if they are over 12.
D. Children can visit the museum if they are with an adult.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Most people want to be polite and behave well around others. Being polite involves
good manners of eating and appropriate ways of greeting and talking to people,
and giving and receiving gifts. Polite behaviours may differ from culture to culture.
In the United States, people prefer to shake hands firmly for a few seconds. In some
Middle Eastern countries, people hold each other's hands gently for a longer time.
What about eye contact? In some countries, you show respect when you look at
someone Í directly in the eyes. In other parts of the world, looking at someone
directly can be rude. Another difference is personal space. In North America, people
usually stand about an arm's length apart during a conversation. However, in Latin
America, people seem to stand closer.
If you are going to live, work, or study in another country, you should learn about its
culture. In this way, you can be polite and make a good impression. Politeness can be
good for making friends and doing business as well.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Politeness in different cultures B. Giving and receiving gifts
C. Table manners around the world D. Greeting and talking to people
Question 32. The word "appropriate” in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to
______.
A. suitable B. unsuitable C. useless D. relevant
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, in which part of the world do people hold
each other's hand gently?
A. In the United States B. In North America
C. In some Middle Eastern countries D. In Latin America
Question 34. The word "rude" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. bravery B. careful C. polite D. friendly
Question 35. According to paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT mentioned as
an example of differences in politeness around the world?
A. personal space B. facial expression
C. eye contact D. shaking hands
Question 36. The word “its” in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. country B. space C. conversation D. arm
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
A lot of teenagers take part in clubs in their schools. So what are the benefits of
school clubs?
First, when you join a school club, you (37) ______. You will meet other students who
could potentially become your new close friends. The reason is that clubs have
members with something in common. (38) ______. This will help you better
understand one another and even become friends.
In addition, being a club member helps you (39) ______. By participating in different
clubs and working with diverse people, you can develop such skills as
communication, teamwork, and time management.
(40) ______. You not only learn more about your area of interest but you can also
become more confident. You will have a chance to work with new people, organise
club activities, and take part in different events. This will make you feel much better
about yourself.
A. learn new skills
B. make new friends
C. At club meetings you will spend some time with other members
D. Another benefit of joining a club is that you can improve yourself
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 48
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. natural B. pagoda C. landscape D. damage
Question 2. A. capable B. century C. capital D. captain
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. paper B. evolve C. review D. inform
Question 4. A. decorate B. expensive C. contribute D.
remember
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. ______ his old age, my grandfather still goes jogging every morning.
A. Although B. Because of C. In spite of D. Despite of
Question 6. It is important for us ______ this English course.
A. took B. to take C. take D. taking
Question 7. The Internet is a wonderful ______ of modern life.
A. invented B. invent C. inventor D. invention
Question 8. We left early ______ miss the last train.
A. so as to B. in order not C. in order to D. in order not to
Question 9. I prefer ______ whenever I have free time.
A. watching TV to listening to music B. watch TV to listen to music
C. to watch TV than listening to music D. watching TV to listen to music
Question 10. Would you like to ______ the games?
A. take part in B. take off C. take down D. take in
Question 11. After waiting for 20 minutes, finally, Peter ______.
A. carried out B. took up C. turned in D. turned up
Question 12. Tom: “Let me congratulate you on passing the final exam. Jane:
“______”
A. Yes, let’s! B. It’s nice of you to say so.
C. Not at all! D. I’m sorry. I can’t.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF TET EXPERIENCING FESTIVAL
The club would like to announce:
All students (13) ______ be present at 7:30 on January 30.
Each class is to prepare materials for cooking (14) ______ foods at The Tet. (15) ______
the cooking typical foods on this occasion lasts 5 hours.
(16) ______ class is to nominate one student to take part in the "King and Queen of
Folk Dancing" event.
If you have any questions, please contact your head teacher and class monitor.
Question 13. A. must B. should C. may D. can
Question 14. A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditioner
Question 15. A. Making B. Preparing C. Doing D. Serving
Question 16. A. Each B. Some C. A D. Much
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
I recently started a new job. It's been a challenging but rewarding experience. ______
a. I'm still learning the ropes, but I'm confident that I'll be able to succeed.
b. I'm excited to be part of a dynamic and supportive team.
c. The first few weeks were tough, as I had to adjust to a new work environment.
A. a-b-c B. a-c-b C. b-c-a B. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. I’m looking forward to growing and developing in my new role.
B. I’m grateful for the opportunity to work at such a great company.
C. I hope I can get a promotion soon.
D. I’m still getting used to my new schedule.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
One electronic device that I find extremely (19) ______ in my daily life is my
smartphone. It's an essential tool (20) ______ allows me to stay connected with
friends, family, and colleagues. I use it (21) ______ phone calls, send text messages,
and check my email on the go. It's also my primary camera for taking photos and
(22) ______ videos. In addition to these basic functions, my smartphone is loaded
with a variety of apps that help me (23) ______ everything from navigation to
productivity. Whether I need to book a ride, order food, or check the weather, my
smartphone is always there to help me get things done quickly and efficiently. I can't
(24) ______ going a day without it!
Question 19. A. useless B. usefully C. useful D. use
Question 20. A. who B. which C. where D. what
Question 21. A. to make B. make C. making D. to making
Question 22. A. showing B. making C. recording D. catching
Question 23. A. with B. for C. on D. of
Question 24. A. guess B. think C. help D. imagine
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Tom started to teach English when he was twenty-four.
A. Tom hasn’t taught English since he was twenty-four.
B. Tom has taught English for he was twenty-four.
C. Tom has taught English since he was twenty-four.
D. Tom taught English since he was twenty-four.
Question 26. “If I were you, I would obey the traffic rules.” Linh said to me.
A. Linh suggested me obeying the traffic rules.
B. Linh advised me to obey the traffic rules.
C. Linh invited me to obey the traffic rules.
D. Linh offered me to obey the traffic rules.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It / think / Jenny / be / a millionaire.
A. It is thought for Jenny is a millionaire.
B. It is thought that Jenny to be a millionaire.
C. It thought that Jenny is a millionaire.
D. It is thought that Jenny is a millionaire.
Question 28. It / be / such / interesting / film / we / keep / watch / all night.
A. It was so an interesting film that we kept watching it all night.
B. It was such a interesting film that we kept watching it all night.
C. It was too a interesting film for we kept watching it all night.
D. It was such an interesting film that we kept watching it all night.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You are allowed to litter anywhere.

B. You mustn’t litter anywhere, put it in the trash.
C. You can only throw trash in the trash.
D. If you can’t put trash in the bin, leave it where you want.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

A. Pedro's Pizza Bar isn’t open at weekends.

B. The third time you visit, you get a free pizza.
C. Three pizzas cost the same as two.
D. You get a free pizza if you buy two pizzas at the same time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Dubai is the second largest of the emirates which make up the United Arab Emirates.
In the 1950s it was a tiny coastal village. Now it is a huge modern city with a
population of over 700000. It offers an excellent modern lifestyle and is known
around the world as a top tourist destination.
Dubai has something for everyone. Holidaymakers can enjoy a relaxing break, and
people looking for adventure can find something new and exciting. The excellent
hotels and facilities make it a popular place for business conferences and exhibitions.
Dubai offers many unusual holiday experiences. Visitors can go on a desert safari or
drive in the sand dunes in a four-wheel drive, watch camel racing or learn how to
hunt with falcons. They can also try sand skiing. More relaxing is a cruise in a
wooden dhow in the Gulf or a visit to the old city markets.
There are many opportunities to take photographs. The traditional architecture is
amazing, and there are many magnificent palaces and mosques. Visitors can visit a
Bedouin village and see camels and herds of goats. There are beautiful desert oases
and the best senses in the world.
It is said that Dubai Is the shopper's paradise. Many people come to Dubai to go
shopping. Visitors enjoy everything from modern malls to traditional markets. Low
customs duties mean that many products are less expensive than products bought in
J other countries. While Dubai's official language is Arabic, many shopkeepers speak
English. Bur Juman Centre and Al Ghurair Centre are places that every shopper
should try.
Question 31. Which best serves as the title for the passage?
A. Dubai: Things to do for everyone B. Dubai: An Ancient City in the Desert
C. Dubai: Things to Avoid D. Dubai: Present and Future.
Question 32. The word “offers” in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. receives B. exchanges C. attends D. provides
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, why is Dubai a popular place for business
conferences and exhibitions?
A. Because it has world-famous artists.
B. Because it provides new business opportunities.
C. Because it has excellent hotels and facilities.
D. Because it offers new and exciting holidays.
Question 34. The word “They” in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. visitors B. falcons C. sand dunes D. holiday experiences
Question 35. According to paragraph 5, what is NOT true about shopping in Dubai?
A. Visitors can shop in both modem malls and traditional markets.
B. Many products are cheaper than in other countries.
C. Most shopkeepers can’t speak English
D. Bur Juman and Al Ghurair are popular shopping centres.
Question 36. The word “magnificent” in paragraph 4 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
______.
A. outstanding B. beautiful C. elegant D. ordinary
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Bac Ha Sunday Fair in Lao Cai is the largest and most (37) ______. Every Sunday, the
market is crowded with minority people from villages far and near. The Flower
Hmong, Tay, Nung, Dao, and other ethnic groups come wearing their colourful
traditional i costumes. (38) ______. These goods may be vegetables and fruits they
grow in their gardens or medicinal plants they gather from the forests and
mountains. They also sell ' other items like the clothing they weave or silver jewellery
they make. The market has a large place to sell poultry and animals like chickens,
ducks, dogs, buffaloes, and horses.
(39) ______. After they finish their market activities, they gather around a big hot pan
of thang co, a (40) ______. Young people come there with the hope of finding a lover.
A. colourful highland market in Viet Nam
B. famous traditional Hmong food from horse meat
C. Bac Ha Sunday Fair is also a place for people to meet and chat
D. They come on foot or on horseback, bringing with them anything they can
exchange
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 49
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. effect B. remind C. pocket D. level
Question 2. A. gas B. gym C. game D. gift
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. supportB. install C. upload D. strengthen
Question 4. A. confidence B. location C. calculate D. benefit
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. We will have no fresh water to use if we ______ the water.
A. will pollute B. pollute C. polluted D. had polluted
Question 6. Don’t let children ______ in the kitchen.
A. to play B. played C. playing D. play
Question 7. Ba received three letters ______ you sent this morning.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 8. We ______ wear helmets in order to keep the traffic law and protect
ourselves.
A. need B. should C. can D. must
Question 9. Lucia used to live ______ the countryside when she was young.
A. for B. at C. on D. in
Question 10. The earthquake last night ______ a lot of houses and transportation.
A. created B. made C. destroyed D. protected
Question 11. The doctor ______ me not to stay up too late at night.
A. suggested B. invited C. advised D. reminded
Question 12. Nam: “I don’t like watching violent films.” - Nga: “______”
A. So do I. B. I do, too. C. I do, either. D. Neither do I.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF AN AIRLINE
Ladies and gentlemen, welcome onboard Flight 4B7 with service from Hong Kong to
San Francisco. We are currently third in line for take-off and have expected (13)
______ in the air in approximately seven minutes time. We ask that you please ( 14)
______ your seatbelts at this time and secure all baggage underneath your seat or in
the overhead compartments. We also ask that your seats and table trays are in the
upright position for take-off. Please turn off all personal (15) ______ devices, including
laptops and cell phones. Smoking (16) ______ for the duration of the flight. Thank you
for choosing Mountain Airlines. Enjoy your flight.
Question 13. A. will be B. be C. being D. to be
Question 14. A. fasten B. open C. tie D. check
Question 15. A. electrical B. electronic C. electric D.
electricity
Question 16. A. is prohibited B. are prohibit C. will be prohibit D.
prohibits
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
We had an unforgettable holiday in Singapore last week. Things didn't go on as
smoothly as we had expected before. ______
a. Upon our arrival at the safari park two hours later, we realised that it was closed
for maintenance.
b. It all started when my parents decided to visit the safari park.
c. We were so excited about the trip, but the moment that we left the hotel, it started
raining.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. Then we asked a local man who lived nearby how to get to the park.
B. First, this park is really a must-visit for all nature lovers.
C. We finally got back to the hotel with sadness and disappointment.
D. To begin with, we had a lot of fun exploring the different animal exhibits here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Eight out often British schools require students (19) ______ school uniforms. Wearing
a uniform has been regarded as part of British school tradition for a long time, and
makes a good (20) ______ on people. Some schools have used the idea of school
uniforms as an opportunity to let the students (21) ______ themselves by designing
their uniform so they could play a part in deciding what they would wear every day.
The UK government has just announced the results of a study (22) ______ showed
that many parents actually dread the beginning of the school year because they
cannot afford to buy their children school uniforms. This is because schools in (23)
______ areas make arrangements with one local shop so that their uniforms can only
be bought there, and this enables the shop to increase the prices (24) ______ it
doesn't have any competition. The result of the survey is that pressure will now be
put on schools to deal with the problem and make sure that uniforms can be bought
at reasonable prices.
Question 19. A. to wear B. wearing C. to wearing D. wear
Question 20. A. recognition B. effect C. impression D. reaction
Question 21. A. expressively B. expressive C. express D.
expression
Question 22. A. whom B. what C. who D. which
Question 23. A. much B. every C. many D. each
Question 24. A. although B. despite C. because D. because of
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. People say that Jenny has a beautiful voice.
A. It was said that Jenny has a beautiful voice.
B. It is said Jenny to have a beautiful voice.
C. It is said that Jenny has a beautiful voice.
D. It was said Jenny to have a beautiful voice.
Question 26. They are advised to travel by train.
A. They must travel by train.
B. They shouldn’t travel by train.
C. They ought to travel by train.
D. They need travel by train.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Unless / the child / send / hospital / time, he / die.
A. Unless the child is sent to the hospital in time, he will die.
B. Unless the child isn’t sent to the hospital in time, he will die.
C. Unless the child is sent to the hospital in time, he won’t die.
D. Unless the child isn’t sent to the hospital in time, he would die.
Question 28. People / be / not / allow / enter / the building / the police.
A. People aren’t allowed entering the building by the police.
B. People weren’t allow to enter the building by the police.
C. People weren’t allowed entering the building by the police.
D. People weren’t allowed to enter the building by the police.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
A. You can buy food somewhere else in the park.
B. Please don’t eat while you are playing sports here.
C. You can play ball games on this side of the park.
D. This is a place for eating and you can’t play football here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

PLAYERS WANTED
for Friday's basketball match against
Barton College - can YOU help the team?
Come to the gym at 3 p.m. today
A. The basketball teamyour
whatever onlylevel.
wants to see professional players.
B. There aren’t enough team members free on Friday,
C. The Barton College team will visit the gym later today,
D. You should go to the gym before you can play the basketball match.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Have you ever felt a sudden feeling of joy because you heard a favourite song
playing? Then you know that music can have a strong effect on your emotions. Try to
take ỉ advantage of this power of music. It can help get you out of a bad mood or
stay in a good s mood, says Alicia Ann Clair, professor of music therapy at the
University of Kansas. Music can also help you relax.
To cheer up or boost your energy, listen to Latin music or anything with a strong
beat, lots of percussion, and a fast tempo. When you want to relax after a busy day,
music with string instruments and woodwinds, less percussion, and a slower tempo
can calm you.
Listen to calming music before you start any stressful activities, advises Dr. Clair.
"Once you're in a good state of mind, it's easier to maintain it." You can lower stress
at work with music, too, by playing relaxing tunes. But only play them when you
really need them. You can change your mood by switching from one kind of music to
another. For example, first play some nice gentle ballads, and then listen to
something more energetic. When you want to calm down after a busy week at work,
just do the opposite.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The importance of listening to music B. New ways to listen to music
C. Benefits of listening to music D. The connection between music and
moods
Question 32. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph I as a benefit of
listening to music?
A. It can help you relax. B. It can make you feel more energetic.
C. It can cheer you up D. It can help you concentrate on your study.
Question 33. The word “calm” in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _____.
A. relaxed B. busy C. worried D. intelligent
Question 34. The word “boost” in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _____.
A. relaxed B. improve C. support D. worsen
Question 35. The word “them” in paragraph 3 refers to _____.
A. activities B. instruments C. relaxing tunes D. ballads
Question 36. Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Music with a strong beat can make you happier.
B. It’s a good idea to listen to gentle music before you do some stressful work.
C. You should play relaxing tunes at all times to make you less tired.
D. You can change your feelings by switching music.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Living in the mountains can be very hard. First, there is not enough land to (37)
_____. Building houses is also difficult because the land is not flat. (38) _____. The
higher we get, the thinner the air becomes. This means there is less oxygen, which
makes breathing harder.
Despite these challenges, people around the world have lived and worked in
mountainous areas for centuries. (39) _____. Being on the mountaintops allows you to
live far from pollution. The air you breathe is fresher. There are places where you
cannot drive a car or a motorbike, so you have to walk. Travelling up and down hills
and mountains on foot helps (40) _____. Finally, mountain people are quite simple
and friendly. They live a peaceful life.
A. keep you active
B. grow crops or raise livestock
C. The air in the mountains is another problem
D. There are many health benefits of living in the mountains
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________
 ĐỀ SỐ 50
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose underlined part
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mind B. skip C. fist D. film
Question 2. A. gain B. magic C. gentle D. page
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word that differs from the other
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.
Question 3. A. cuisine B. sector C. feeling D. question
Question 4. A. enormous B. disabled C. determined D. studious
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
Question 5. Jane is ______ student in my class. Everyone admires her.
A. good B. the well C. the best D. best
Question 6. Most of my friends admire Milan as she can play ______ piano so

D. ∅
beautifully.
A. the B. an C. a
Question 7. ______ it is a small town, there are several local restaurants available.
A. Despite B. Because C. In case D. Although
Question 8. The tree ______ stands near the gate of my house has lovely flowers.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
Question 9. Linda enjoys spending her free time ______ yummy cakes.
A. eating B. eat C. ate D. to eat
Question 10. You have to keep the ticket until you ______ the train.
A. look after B. go out C. get off D. turn on
Question 11. The students ______ their trip because of bad weather.
A. put off B. take on C. turn up D. set off
Question 12. - Peter: “Can you come for dinner tonight?”
- John: “______. I have a lot of things to do.”
A. I agree B. I’m afraid not C. Good idea D. It’s all right
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from
13 to 16.
Welcome to the International Cultural Festival in Hanoi!
Date: 5th March 2025
Location: Hanoi Cultural Center
Experience a vibrant celebration of global cultures:
♦ Enjoy traditional dances from around (13) ______ world.
♦ Taste (14) ______ cuisines from different countries.
♦ Engage (15) ______ interactive cultural workshops.
♦ Shop for (16) ______ crafts and souvenirs.
♦ Fun activities for the whole family.

C. ∅
Don't miss this exciting event showcasing diversity and unity!
Question 13. A. an B. the D. a
Question 14. A. disgusting B. delicious C. rude D.
stunning
Question 15. A. in B. by C. for D. on
Question 16. A. skilful B. affordable C. strange D.
unique
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the
blank to make a logical text.
Last weekend, I went shopping with my friends. We had a lot of fun, but there was
one problem. ______
a. We were looking for the perfect outfit for a party.
b. We spent hours trying on different clothes and accessories.
c. Unfortunately, the store was very crowded, and we had to wait in long lines.
A. a-b-c B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17)
most appropriately.
A. We ended up buying a lot of things we didn’t need.
B. Shopping can be a lot of fun, but it can also be stressful.
C. We had a great time catching up with each other.
D. I’m glad we went shopping together.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Solar energy is a long-lasting source of energy which (19) ______ almost anywhere. To
generate solar energy, we only need solar cells and the sun. Solar cells can easily be
installed on house roofs, so no new space is needed and (20) ______ user can quietly
generate their own energy. Compared to other renewable sources, they also possess
many advantages. Wind and water power rely on turbines (21) ______ are noisy,
expensive and easy to break down. Solar cells are totally silent and non-polluting. As
they have no moving (22) ______ they require little maintenance and have a long
lifetime.
(23) ______, solar energy also has some disadvantages. We can only generate solar
energy during the daytime because the system depends on sunlight. Besides, solar
cells require a large area to work (24) ______. The main disadvantage of solar energy
is that it costs about twice as much as traditional sources such as coal, oil, and gas.
This is because solar cells are expensive. Scientists are hoping that the costs of solar
cells will reduce as more and more people see the advantages of this
environmentally friendly source of energy.
Question 19. A. should use B. can use C. must be used D. can be
used
Question 20. A. all B. some C. none D. each
Question 21. A. who B. where C. which D. whose
Question 22. A. pieces B. parts C. objects D. tools
Question 23. A. However B. Although C. Moreover D.
Therefore
Question 24. A. effective B. effectively C. effect D.
effectiveness
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the sentence that is closest in
meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. The boy is too short to reach the book on the shelf.
A. The boy is tall enough to reach the book on the shelf.
B. The boy isn’t enough tall to reach the book on the shelf.
C. The boy isn’t tall enough to reach the book on the shelf.
D. The boy isn’t too enough to reach the book on the shelf.
Question 26. We’re very excited to meet Messi. He plays for Barcelona, Spain.
A. We’re very excited to meet Messi, whom plays for Barcelona, Spain.
B. We’re very excited to meet Messi, who plays for Barcelona, Spain.
C. We’re very excited to meet Messi, that plays for Barcelona, Spain.
D. We’re very excited to meet Messi who plays for Barcelona, Spain.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the sentence that is made from the
given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. We / visit / Paris / my mother / born.
A. We’ve visited Paris, which my mother was born.
B. We’ve visited Paris, that my mother was born.
C. We’ve visited Paris, where my mother was born.
D. We’ve visited Paris, where my mother was born there.
Question 28. It / time / you / study / harder / pass / final exam.
A. It’s time for you studying harder to pass the final exam.
B. It’s time for you to study harder to pass the final exam.
C. It’s time you study harder to pass the final exam.
D. It’s time you should harder to pass the final exam.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can go this way to get your baggage.

B. You must leave your baggage over there.
C. There is a locker and you can keep your baggage there.
D. You must check in and leave your baggage there.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

HIGHCLIFFE SCHOOL GALLERY

TAKING PHOTOS OF THE ART DISPLAYED
HERE
A. You are not IS NOTtoPERMITTED
allowed remove any of the pictures here.
B. You are not allowed to display any of your photos here.
C. You can take some photos of the art displayed here.
D. You are not allowed to use your camera here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the
correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
People commonly complain that they never have enough time to accomplish tasks.
The hours and minutes seem to slip away before many planned chores get done.
According to time management experts, the main reason for this is that most people
fail Í to set priorities about what to do first. They get tied down by trivial, time-
consuming matters and never complete the important ones.
One simple solution often used by those at the top is to keep lists of tasks to be
accomplished daily. These lists order jobs from most essential to least essential and
are checked regularly throughout the day to assess progress. Not only is this an
effective way to manage time, but also it serves to give individuals a much-deserved
sense of satisfaction over their achievements. People who do not keep lists often face
the end of the workday with uncertainty over the significance of their
accomplishments, which over time can contribute to serious problems in mental and
physical health.
Question 31. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. Common Complaints About Work B. Accomplishing Trivial Matters
C. Achieving Job Satisfaction D. Learning to Manage Time
Question 32. According to the passage, why do many people never seem to have
enough time to accomplish things?
A. They do not prioritise tasks.
B. They get tied down by one difficult, problem
C. They fail to deal with trivial matters
D. They do not seek the advice of time, management experts.
Question 33. The word “accomplish” is CLOSEST in meaning to ______.
A. miss B. destroy C. fail D. achieve
Question 34. The passage states that one solution to time management problems is
to.
A. consult a time management expert
B. accomplish time-consuming matters first
C. keep daily lists of priorities and check them regularly
D. spend only a short time on each task
Question 35. The paragraph following the passage most probably discusses.
A. mental and physical health problems
B. another solution to time management problems
C. ways to achieve a sense of fulfilment
D. different types of lists
Question 36. The word “essential” is OPPOSITE in meaning to ______.
A. crucial B. vital C. necessary D. unimportant
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
On the fifth day of Tet, Binh An Village holds a longevity celebration for elderly
people over 70. (37) ______. In the morning, everyone dresses nicely and walks to the
village temple. According to tradition, the elderly (38) ______. They sit at the most
honourable place. The village leaders congratulate them. They offer each elder a
"longevity flag" and a bunch of flowers. (39) ______. At noon, families (40) ______ for
their elders. It is customary for the family members to cook for their elders. The
traditional dishes served are five-colour sticky rice, steamed chicken, spring rolls,
and deep-fried fish.
The longevity celebration is important to all villagers. It is an opportunity for them to
show their respect to the elders. It is also a great time for family gatherings.
A. Then, each family takes photographs with their elders
B. This tradition has continued for centuries in the village
C. hold a home party
D. wear traditional ao dai
Question 37. __________ Question 38. __________
Question 39. __________ Question 40. __________